TW301616B - - Google Patents

Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW301616B
TW301616B TW083111275A TW83111275A TW301616B TW 301616 B TW301616 B TW 301616B TW 083111275 A TW083111275 A TW 083111275A TW 83111275 A TW83111275 A TW 83111275A TW 301616 B TW301616 B TW 301616B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
control
value
aforementioned
tension
plate thickness
Prior art date
Application number
TW083111275A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Satoshi Hattori
Original Assignee
Hitachi Ltd
Hitachi Jomo Seigyo System Kk
Po Hang Iron & Steel
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP05249548A external-priority patent/JP3085499B2/en
Priority claimed from JP5249550A external-priority patent/JP3036323B2/en
Priority claimed from JP05249552A external-priority patent/JP3085502B2/en
Priority claimed from JP05249549A external-priority patent/JP3085500B2/en
Priority claimed from JP05249551A external-priority patent/JP3085501B2/en
Application filed by Hitachi Ltd, Hitachi Jomo Seigyo System Kk, Po Hang Iron & Steel filed Critical Hitachi Ltd
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW301616B publication Critical patent/TW301616B/zh

Links

Landscapes

  • Control Of Metal Rolling (AREA)

Description

經濟部中央揉準局員工消費合作社印製 3〇16i6 a? B7 五、發明説明(i ) (產業上之利用範圍) 本發明係有關於一種輥軋機之控制方式,特別是有關 於一種隨著控制參數之變更而產生變化之多變數控制系統 的安定化。 本發明係有關於一種輥軋控制系統,特別是有關於控 制模型之適應修正。 本發明係有關於一種輥軋機的控制,特別是有關於板 厚與張力的優先控制。 本發明係有關於一種輥軋機控制裝置,特別是有關於 可提髙板厚精度之前饋控制方式。 本發明係有關於一種由最佳伺服系統所構成之多變數 控制裝置與其控制方法。 (習知技術) 第一,輥軋機之控制係被分成設定控制與用於處理距 離由該控制所規定之穩定狀態(動作點)之偏離的D D C (直接數位控制)。 在非線性特性強,且動作點時時刻刻發生變化之輥車L 過程中,有時實施設定控制來決定動作點,而在該動作點 之附近,對控制對象實施線性逼近,而計算用於得到所希 望之板厚而輸出到致動器之控制指令。有關設定控制方面 ,則詳細地被揭露於例如社團法人日本鐵鋼協會發行( S59年9月)「板輥軋之理與實際(p283〜294 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Μ規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -βPrinted by the Employees ’Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Economic Development of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 3〇16i6 a? B7 V. Description of the invention (i) (Scope of use in the industry) The present invention relates to a control method of a rolling mill, in particular to a The stability of the multivariable control system that changes due to changes in control parameters. The present invention relates to a rolling control system, and in particular to the adaptation of the control model. The present invention relates to the control of a rolling mill, and particularly to the preferential control of plate thickness and tension. The invention relates to a rolling mill control device, in particular to a feed-forward control method that can improve the accuracy of the plate thickness. The present invention relates to a multivariable control device and its control method composed of an optimal servo system. (Conventional technology) First, the control of the rolling mill is divided into setting control and D DC (direct digital control) for dealing with the deviation from the steady state (operating point) specified by the control. In the process of the roller car L with strong nonlinear characteristics, and the operating point changes from moment to moment, sometimes setting control is performed to determine the operating point, and in the vicinity of the operating point, a linear approximation is performed on the control object, and the calculation is used to Obtain the desired plate thickness and output the control command to the actuator. Regarding the setting control, it was disclosed in detail, for example, issued by the Japan Iron and Steel Association (September S59), "The Theory and Practice of Plate Rolling (p283 ~ 294 This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) M specifications ( 210X 297mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -β

T -4 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2 ) 根據設定計算所得到之控制指令等的設定值,會對應 於占了輥軋時間之大半部分之在最高速度下的運轉狀態( 穩定運轉)。但是,在實際之輥軋中,則會發生加速、減 速運轉或外亂的情況,而在實際之輥軋狀態(計測值)與 設定值之間產生偏差。而如消除與設定值之偏差般地,根 據DD C對致動器(壓下裝置或輥軋驅動裝置)進行控制 〇T -4-A7 B7 printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of the invention (2) The setting value of the control command and the like obtained according to the setting calculation will correspond to the highest part of the rolling time Running state at speed (steady operation). However, during actual rolling, acceleration, deceleration, or external disturbances may occur, and a deviation may occur between the actual rolling state (measured value) and the set value. And as to eliminate the deviation from the set value, the actuator (reduction device or roll drive device) is controlled according to DD C. 〇

構成D D C之多變數控制系統之一則爲狀態回饋控制 系統。而此係一除了重疊有一定值的穩定部分以外,而如 消除狀態量之偏差般地予以高響應的控制。如眾所皆知, 由該狀態回饋控制系統以及控制以使控制量(計測值)與 控制指令值之偏差消除之回饋控制系統的組合則構成最佳 伺服系統。(計測自動制御學會編:自動控制八> :/ V 夕··第1部p 1 5 4 ) » 構成D D C之其他的控制系統則爲預測前饋控制系統 。而此則是利用可與時間一起被變更之控制指令或是板厚 等外亂的一部分,可在實施控制以前加以預測,藉先行考 慮該些指令或外亂而控制,而提高控制的精度與安全性。 第二、根據多變數控制理論之D D C控制系統的設計 ,很難製作正確的輥軋模型或是根據此來製作控制模型, 當模型失常時,1輸入1輸出之古典控制形成則令產生問 題。 因此,在例如特開平1一133606號中則提出有 根據輥軋機之實績值與設定值#誤差資料來修正設宙 本^氏張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X2.97公釐) ' -5 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝. 訂 旅 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(3 ) (輥軋模型),在藉模擬檢查後,在下一次線圈控制時, 可修正設定模型的方法。 第三、在連續配置多個輥軋台之輥軋機中,爲了要得 到所希望之製品品質,則控制各機台之板厚與張力。通常 則讓板厚一定控制優先,當成爲例如設定值之7 0%以下 時,則對板厚進行優先控制張力之帶鋼(band )控制。 在各機台則具有用於控制軋輥圓周速度之軋輥驅動裝 置(電動機)與用於控制軋輥間隙之壓下裝置。在冷軋時 ,對於板厚的控制則變更軋輥速度,對於張力的控制,貝II 變更壓下位置。在熱軋時,則成爲與此相反的操作。 但是,在輥軋現象之板厚與張力之間,會有其中一者 的變化會影響到另一者之相互干擾的情況,而成爲控制精 度降低的原因。但是在帶鋼(band )張力控制時,則此間 的板厚會被犧牲,而導致製品品質或良品率降低。 最近藉多變數控制理論而同時控制板厚與張力而消除 相互間之干擾,且提高控制精度的輥軋控制則已被實用化 〇 在輥軋機之板厚控制中,檢出成爲外亂因素之各台之 入側板厚的變動情形,在該板厚外亂因素到達軋輥正下方 的時刻,則將消除該外亂因素之控制指令供給到壓下裝置 以及輥軋驅動裝置,而進行前饋壓下控制以及速度控制。 但是,壓下裝置或軋輥驅動裝置之致動器,由於具有 響應的閒置時間,在前饋指令之時間方面會有問題。例如 在特開平3 — 1 6 5 9 1 4號公報中則提出一相對於壓下 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝. 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4 ) 控制系統的延遲,在輥軋動作中,對作爲控制量之出側之 板厚偏差取樣數點,且將該些出側板厚偏差之平均值與前 次之平均偏差值比較,而如成爲最小之偏差般地變更控制 時間的方法》 第四、在利用最佳伺服系統之輥軋機控制之習知例中 乃有在計算軋輥No·27(1989年)中記載的輥軋 控制方式。在該例中,在對串聯式輥軋機之棒鋼輥軋的控 制中,狀態量乃利用壓下位置、前方張力、軋輥旋轉數, 而控制量則利用板厚、板幅、輥軋荷重以及扭力而構成多 變數控制之控制模型。 在此,則考慮藉輥軋荷重與張力來拉長母材而進行輥 軋,而使用用於控制方張力之本台軋輥旋轉數當作狀態數 。又作爲控制量的板厚,則是直接利用由板厚計所計測者 (本發明所要解決的課題) 第一:當爲由多台輥軋台所構成之串聯輥軋機之板厚 控制時’輥軋機的速度會在+ 〇m/分到數千m/分之範 圍內變化,隨著該速度,動作點亦會很大地變化。 此時,藉設計控制來變更前述回饋控制系統或前饋控 制系統之控制參數,更者當變更控制指令時,則由狀_ 饋與預測前饋所決定的操作量即會急劇變化,而響應速度 快的油壓壓下裝置等,則會因爲該急劇變的操作指令而 使動作變得不安定,最壞的情形,張力會急劇地變化而使 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝· 訂 -7 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(5 ) 輥軋中的板發生斷裂。 第1個本發明之目的在於提供一種在對前述非線性特 性強的輥軋機的控制中,即使由狀態回饋控制系統與預測 前饋控制系統所構成之輥軋機的控制模型(控制參數)發 生變更,亦能安定且高響應地進行控制之輥軋機的控制方 法。 第二、在前述習知技術中,並未考慮到爲逼近形成之 輥軋模型的參數類會因爲輥軋狀態而與實情不同,而無法 獲得一定之控制精度的問題。因此,即使是在最高速度等‘ 之穩定狀態下所進行之下一個鋼捲(C〇il)之輥軋動作的 精度被改善,則在輥軋速度被減速等之不穩定運轉狀態自 不待言,就是在因外在要因或內部參數的變化而使輥軋狀 態發生急劇變化之異常狀態下的精度則不可避免地會降低 0 第2個本發明之目的則在於提供一種藉輥軋中之控制 模型的適應修正可以提高輥軋精度之輥軋控制方法與裝置 〇 第三:在根據多變數控制理論之高精度的DD C控制 系統的設計中,則必須要有能夠正確地把握住輥軋現象之 動態特性的模型。但是,當輥軋材之一部分發生組成異常 或是形狀不良時,則仍難以正確地把握動態特性β實際上 ,則根據希爾(H i 1 1 )的逼近式等,由模型所得到之預測 值與實測值的誤差,則可藉影響係數等來加以調整。又, 由於輥軋現象具有強的非線性特性,因此採取可因應輥軋 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝_ 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 狀態來 法。 因 力時, 輥軋現 入1輸 更 壓下裝 而有對 第 板厚與 且能夠 第 用致動 所帶來 - 五、發明説明( 決定動作點,而在該動作點周圍進行線性逼近的方 此,在以往之多變數控制中,當同時控制板厚與張 若模型或是影響係數有極大差異時,則無法對應於 象的變化而排除互相的干擾,而有控制精度較1輸 出之古典式控制爲差的問題。 者,在以往之多變數控制中,對於軋輥驅動裝置或 置所具有之響應時間的差異並未充分地加以考慮, 於短週期之控制指令無法充分追蹤的問題。 3個本發明之第1目的在於提供一種可同時邊控制 張力而一起提高板厚控制,張力控制的^制/果, 髙精度而安定的輥軋控制方法以及裝置 3個本發明之第2目的在於提供一種可以有效地利 器間之響應速度的差異而依高響應式地插[除由輥軋 之干擾,且提高控制精度之輥軋控制方域以及裝置 第3個本發明之第3目的在於提供一種不_採用冷軋 、熱軋之輥軋工程或是所採用之致動器如何,在同時控制 板厚與張力時之優先控制或是非干擾控制均可應用之輥 軋控制系統。 第4 :在前述習知技術中,在輥軋動作中,當求取出 側板厚偏差的平均值時,由於要修正控制時間,因此在到 時間成爲安定爲止之期間,無法獲得充分的控制結果,又 處理之偏差亦大<。此外,由於致動器分別具有不同的閒置 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -StOne of the multi-variable control systems that constitute D DC is a state feedback control system. In addition, this is a control that provides high response as well as eliminating the deviation of the state quantity except for the stable portion that overlaps with a certain value. As is well known, the combination of the state feedback control system and the feedback control system that controls the deviation between the control amount (measured value) and the control command value constitutes the optimal servo system. (Edition of the Society of Measurement and Control: Automatic Control Eight>: / V Xi ·· Part 1 p 1 5 4) »Other control systems that make up the DC are predictive feedforward control systems. And this is the use of control commands that can be changed with time or part of external disturbances such as plate thickness. It can be predicted before the control is implemented, and the control accuracy is improved by considering these commands or external disturbances in advance. safety. Second, according to the design of the DC control system based on multivariable control theory, it is difficult to make a correct rolling model or a control model based on it. When the model is abnormal, the classic control of 1 input and 1 output will cause problems. Therefore, for example, in the Japanese Patent No. 1133606, it is proposed to correct the set of the Benben ^ 's Zhang scale according to the actual value of the rolling mill and the set value # error data. The Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X2.97mm ) '-5-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)-Packing. A7 B7 printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Tourism Economy 5. Invention description (3) (rolling model), borrowing After the simulation check, the method of setting the model can be corrected during the next coil control. Third, in a rolling mill with multiple rolling stations arranged continuously, in order to obtain the desired product quality, the plate thickness and tension of each machine are controlled. Normally, certain control of the plate thickness is given priority. When it becomes, for example, 70% or less of the set value, the band thickness control of the plate thickness is preferentially controlled. Each machine has a roll driving device (motor) for controlling the circumferential speed of the roll and a pressing device for controlling the roll gap. During cold rolling, the roll speed is changed for the thickness control, and the reduction position is changed for the shell II for the tension control. During hot rolling, the operation is reversed. However, between the thickness and tension of the rolling phenomenon, one of the changes will affect the mutual interference of the other, which will cause a decrease in control accuracy. However, when the band tension is controlled, the thickness of the plate will be sacrificed, resulting in a decrease in product quality or yield. Recently, the multi-variable control theory is used to simultaneously control the thickness and tension to eliminate mutual interference, and the rolling control to improve the control accuracy has been put into practical use. In the thickness control of the rolling mill, it is detected that it is a factor of external disturbance When the thickness of the inlet side of each station fluctuates, when the external disturbance factor of the thickness reaches directly below the roll, the control command to eliminate the external disturbance factor is supplied to the reduction device and the rolling drive device, and feedforward pressure is performed. Down control and speed control. However, the actuator of the pressing device or the roll driving device has a response idle time, so there is a problem in terms of the feedforward command time. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3 — 1 6 5 9 1 4 proposes to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) relative to the size of the pressed paper (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page)-Packing. A7 B7 printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (4) Delay of the control system, during the rolling operation, the number of deviations in the thickness of the outgoing side of the control amount is sampled , And compare the average value of the thickness deviations of these outgoing sides with the previous average deviation value, and change the control time as if it becomes the smallest deviation. "Fourth, the practice of using the best servo system for rolling mill control The known example includes the roll control method described in Calculation Roll No. 27 (1989). In this example, in the control of the bar rolling of the tandem rolling mill, the state quantity uses the reduction position, the front tension, the number of roll rotations, and the control quantity uses the plate thickness, the width, the rolling load and the torsion And constitute the control model of multivariable control. Here, it is considered to stretch the base material by rolling load and tension to perform rolling, and use the number of roll rotations for controlling the square tension as the number of states. The plate thickness as the control quantity is directly measured by the plate thickness gauge (problem to be solved by the present invention). First: When the plate thickness of the tandem rolling mill is composed of multiple rolling stands, the roll The speed of the rolling mill will vary from + 〇m / min to thousands of m / min. With this speed, the operating point will also change greatly. At this time, the control parameters of the aforementioned feedback control system or feedforward control system are changed by design control. Furthermore, when the control command is changed, the operation amount determined by the state_feedback and the predicted feedforward will change sharply, and the response High-speed hydraulic depressing devices, etc., will make the movement unstable due to this rapidly changing operation command. In the worst case, the tension will change sharply, so this paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X297mm) (please read the notes on the back before filling in this page). Binding · Order-7-A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Invention Instructions (5) Rolling plate Breaking occurred. The first object of the present invention is to provide a control method (control parameters) for a rolling mill composed of a state feedback control system and a predictive feedforward control system during the control of the aforementioned rolling mill with strong nonlinear characteristics It can also control the rolling mill with stable and high response. Second, in the aforementioned prior art, the problem that the parameters of the rolling model formed for the approximation will be different from the actual situation due to the rolling state, and a certain degree of control accuracy cannot be obtained. Therefore, even if the accuracy of the rolling operation of the next steel coil (C〇il) under the steady state of the highest speed etc. is improved, it is needless to say that the unstable operating state such as the rolling speed is decelerated , That is, in the abnormal state where the rolling state changes drastically due to external factors or internal parameter changes, the accuracy will inevitably decrease. The second object of the present invention is to provide a control during rolling The adaptive correction of the model can improve the rolling accuracy of the rolling control method and device. Third: In the design of the high-precision DDC control system based on the multi-variable control theory, it is necessary to have a correct grasp of the rolling phenomenon The dynamic characteristics of the model. However, when a part of the rolled material has an abnormal composition or a bad shape, it is still difficult to accurately grasp the dynamic characteristic β. Actually, the prediction obtained from the model is based on the approximation formula of Hill (H i 1 1), etc. The error between the value and the measured value can be adjusted by the influence factor. In addition, due to the strong nonlinearity of the rolling phenomenon, the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297mm) can be adopted according to the size of the rolled paper (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -Installation_ Order the printed status of the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Due to the force, the roll is now loaded with 1 loss and more pressure, and it has the thickness of the first plate and can be used for the first actuation-V. Description of the invention (determining the operating point, and performing linear approximation around the operating point For this reason, in the conventional multivariable control, when the thickness of the control panel and the Zhang Ruo model or the influence coefficient are greatly different at the same time, the mutual interference cannot be eliminated corresponding to the change of the image, and the control accuracy is higher than 1 output. Classical control is a poor problem. Furthermore, in the conventional multivariable control, the difference in the response time of the roll drive or the device has not been fully considered, and the short-cycle control command cannot be fully tracked. Three first objects of the present invention are to provide a rolling control method and apparatus that can simultaneously increase the thickness while controlling the tension while simultaneously increasing the thickness control, the tension control, and the accuracy and stability of the rolling control. It is to provide a roll control area and equipment that can effectively sharpen the difference in response speed between the tools according to the high response type [except for the interference of rolling and improving the control accuracy. The third object of the present invention is to provide a rolling process that does not use cold rolling or hot rolling or the actuator to be used. Priority control or non-interference control when controlling the plate thickness and tension at the same time Applicable rolling control system. Fourth: In the above-mentioned conventional technology, when the average value of the side plate thickness deviation is obtained during the rolling operation, the control time is corrected, so the time until the time becomes stable , Unable to obtain sufficient control results, and handling deviation is also large. In addition, because the actuators have different idle paper standards, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) is applicable (please read the back first (Please fill out this page again) -St

I -9 _ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 _五、發明説明(7 ) 時間而動作,因此對於未考慮到不同之響應延遲時間,且 對於某一點之板厚變動依同一時間輸出指令的情況’則無 法獲得前饋控制的充分效果。 第4個本發明之目的,即在於克服前述習知技術的問 題點,提供一對於每個具有不同響應延遲時間的致動器’ 特用於演算前饋指令之板厚資料加以變更,而提高控制效 果之輥軋控制方法以及裝置。 第4個本發明之其他目的,在於提供一使具有不同響 應延遲時間之壓下裝置與軋輥驅動裝置協調動作以便於抵 消由板厚變動所產生之板厚與張力的外亂因素,而提高板 厚控制精度的輥軋控制方法以及裝置。 在前述例中,最佳伺服系統之狀態量則使用前方張力 。但是當比較前方張力與後方張力對於板厚的影響度時, 則有前方張力之影響力小,而且控制效果小的問題。 另一方面,控制量則利用作爲附屬變數的輥軋荷重, 對於由張力之急劇變化所產生之不安定控制則未有考慮。 又,根據出側板厚計所得到的板厚,具有輥軋材自軋 輥正下方移動到板厚計爲止之大的閒置時間(約5 0 0 ms)。因此,根據在軋輥正下方之板厚所得到之控制输 出’則會延遲一閒置時間,而使相對於母材外亂因素等之 板厚精度降低,遂有製品品質惡化的問題。 第5個本發明之目的在於提供一可有效且最小限度地 選擇多變數控制之狀態量以及控制量,而根據最佳伺服系 統構成高精度且安定之輥軋控制裝置以及方法。 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ' I I I 「裝— I i 訂— — I I ^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 301616 A7 B7 五、發明説明(8 ) (解決課題的手段) 爲了要達成第1個發明之前述目的,第1個發明則依 下而構成。 亦即,當藉設定計算而分別變更控制參數與指令值( 目標值)時,可決定操作量以便使該指令值與依一定週期 被計測之控制量的偏差消除而控制在所希望之板厚度的輥 軋機控制方法,其特徵在於: 在每次依前述一定週期來計測輥軋過程之多個狀態量 時,可就各狀態量求取與前次值的狀態差分值,且將該些 狀態差分值與前述控制參數之一的狀態回饋係數相乘,而 求取狀態回饋系統的操作量偏差; 在前述每次週期,就根據前述設定計算而輸出之先行 指令值及/或作爲外亂之一而被計測之入側板厚等的各預 測值,而求取與前次值的預測差分值,且依序將之記憶到 控制時點爲止,在控制時點,將以後(未來)之多個步驟 的預測差分值與前述控制參數之一的預測前饋係數相乘, 而求取預測控制系統的操作量偏差; 將前述狀態回饋系統之操作量偏差與前述預測控制系 統之操作量偏差乘上前次步驟中的操作量相乘,且將之輸 出到輥軋機之致動器。 第2個發明的目的在達成手段,則是在一求取由根據 輥軋模型所決定之設定值與依一定週期所檢出之狀態量或 控制量之實測值的偏差,而藉一定之控制參數對該偏差實 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝· 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 -11 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(9 ) 施回饋控制,來決定致動器之操作指令的輥軋機控制方法 中,藉前述輥軋模型之逆設定計算而使一定的輥軋參數配 合前述實測值,且根據使用於決定前述控制參數的控制模 型(狀態方程式)配合於前述實測值之一定的輥軋參數來 判斷輥軋過程的一定狀態。 前述一定狀態,乃求取前述狀態量以及控制量之所有 要素或是一部分之要素之實測值與所對應之各設定值的偏 差,而判斷由該各偏差值所求取之評價值超過事先所設定 之容許值及/或輥軋速度之加減速時等之非穩定運轉的情 況》 第3個本發明之前述第1目的的達成手段,係在同時 控制板厚以及張力之輥軋機控制方法中,當張力之實測值 相對於目標值的偏差位在事先所決定之一定張力範圍(容 許值)內時,則讓板厚控制優先,當位在範圍外時,則讓 張力控制優先。 第3個本發明之第2目的的達成手段,係在讓壓下裝 置與軋輥驅動裝置之致動器動作,而同時控制板厚以及張 力之輥軋機控制方法中,藉響應速度快之致動器的非干擾 控制來抵消由板厚或張力之控制對於張力或板厚的干擾》 第3個本發明之前述第3目的的達成手段,其主要係 一由可同時控制使所實測之板厚以及張力與其目標值的偏 差得以消除的回饋控制手段,如使由板厚或是張力的控制 對張力或板厚所造成的干擾得以抵消而加以控制之非干擾 控制手段以及對應於來自該些控制手段的控制指令而動作 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > A4规格(210X25*7公釐> 「裝 ;=口 ^ ^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -12 - 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1〇 ) 之壓下裝置與軋輥驅動裝置所構成,而能同時控制板厚與 張力之輥軋機控制裝置,其特徵在於具備: 使對應於由前述回饋控制系統所設定之板厚偏差的控 制增益、對應於張力之控制增益,能夠對應於所應用之冷 軋工程或是熱軋工程之差異及/或板厚優先或是張力優先 控制而變更之控制增益調整手段以及使對應於由前述非干 擾控制系統所設定之板厚偏差的張力非干擾控制增益,對 應於張力偏差之板厚非干擾控制增益,而對應於前述壓下 裝置與前述軋輥驅動裝置之響應時間常數而加以調整之非 干擾控制增益調整手段。 前述目的的達成手段,其主要係一可對壓下裝置與車L 輥驅動裝置分別實施前饋控制,而控制輥軋材之板厚以及 張力之多台輥軋機控制方法,其特徵在於: 依一定週期來檢出各機台之壓下裝置、軋輥周速、出 側之板厚以及與下一機台之間的板速度; 根據前述出側之板厚的檢出裝置,將對應於到下一機 台爲止之位置而記憶之前述板厚的履歷資料列,對應於由 前站出側所檢出之前述板速度而邊移位,且記憶最新被檢 出之前述板厚; 自前述履歷資料列之前述下一機台側選擇出與在事先 所給予之前述壓下裝置的響應延遲時間內產生移動之輥車L 材的移動距離相當的板厚資料,而根據所選擇之板厚資料 求取输出到進行壓下前饋控制之前述壓下裝置的壓下指令 ,同樣地則根據-根據前述軋輥驅動裝置之響應延遲時間 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝· 訂 -13 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(u) ’而自前述履歷資料列所選擇之板厚資料,而求取輸出到 進行速度前饋之前述軋輥驅動裝置的速度指令。 第5個本發明之前述目的的達成手段,其主要係一備 有’可依一定週期而檢出由多台所構成之輥軋機之多個狀 態量或多個控制量之實績值的檢出裝置,控制以消除由設 定控制裝置所決定之動作點或目標之設定值與前述實績值 的誤差的D D C控制裝置而構成的輥軋機控制裝置,其特 徵在於, 前述D D C控制裝置係一最佳伺服系統,而具有可將 壓下位置、後方張力以及前台之軋輥速度當作狀態量而實 施回饋控制之狀態回饋控制手段以及將出側板厚、後方張 力當作控制量而實施回饋控制之控制量回饋控制手段。 更者,前述控制量之出側板厚,係一藉觀測裝置而根 據質量流動(mass flow)定律所推測之位在軋輥正下方 的板厚。 (作用) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (U3. (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 根據第1個本發明,有關操作量,則是求取狀態量或 預測量與前次值之間的差分,且將該差分值與控制參數相 乘而得到操作量偏差值,而將此乘上前次操作量。由於此 爲差分/積分轉換動作,因此雖然在巨觀所看到之控制動 作沒有發生變更,但是在瞬間則會有極大的差異。亦即, 藉差分值與參數的相乘,可以使參數變化與指令值變化的 影響變小。之後,由於乘上前次操作量,因此可以抑制操 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) - 14 - 經濟部中央揉準局貝工消费合作社印裝 1=¾¾申請案明8许5月修ifi佩月 B7五、發明説明(I2 ) 作量的急劇變化。 更者根據第1個本發明,則是藉前娥控制部,利用在 控制時點前的指令值或入側板厚,來決定考慮到多個步驟 之前的操作指令,而改善響應性與安定性,因此整個控制 系統可以邊維持高響應,而對非線性的輥軋機實施安定且 高精度的控制。 根據第2個本發明,當由狀態量或控制量與其設定值 之偏差所產生的誤差超過一定值而異常時,或是判斷輥軋 機處於非穩定運轉之輥軋狀態時,則可在適當的時間,根 據輥軋參數的再計算而適時修正控制模型。 結果,可對應於急劇變化之輥軋狀態或是事先了解發 生大變動之非穩定運轉的輥軋狀態,則可線上(on-1 ine) 且即時(real time)地將控制參數最佳化,因此可以避 免外部要因或是內部變數的變化對於控制動作的影響。 第3個本發明之優先控制,則可藉張力偏差是否位在 —定範圍內,而將板厚控制增益或是張力控制增益之一者 設得較另一者爲高而賁現。特別是,用於切換優先控制之 對象的張力範圍(容許值),則是針對每個機台,而且對 應於動作點變更而被設定之張力設定值之每個分類位準( level )而被決定》藉此|可設定能夠配合於動作點之緻 密的容許值,而對於每個輥軋狀態實施最佳的優先控制, 因此可用時提高板厚與張力的精度。又,由於經常監視張 力而防止其急劇變化,因此輥軋機可進行安定運轉* 根據第3個本發明之非干擾控制,由於藉響應速度快 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標率(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0 X 297公釐)_ j 5 _ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 301616 $ 五、發明説明(13) 的致動器配合相位(phase)而對響應速度慢的致動器實 施非干擾控制,因此可以確實地抵消掉干擾,而提高板厚 以及張力的控制效果。 根據第3個本發明之輥軋機控制裝置,板厚或是張力 之優先控制,可應用在軋輥驅動裝置控制板厚,而在壓下 裝置控制張力之冷軋工程或是作相反控制的熱軋工程上。 又,由於非干擾控制之實施裝置可應用在壓下裝置之響應 速度快的場合或是軋輥驅動裝置之響應速度快的場合,因 此輥軋控制系統的構築或是變更會變得容易。 根據第4個本發明,由閒置時間或是延遲係數所造成 之響應延遲時間,對考慮每個致動器皆不同的情形,會用 於演算前饋指令之板厚資料,對應於板速度與響應延遲時 間而加以選擇。結果,可以與各致動器之響應延遲時間或 是板速度無關,而實施配合板厚變動之相位時序(timing )的前饋控制。 更者,由於對軋輥驅動裝置實施前饋控制而抵消包含 在板厚變動之張力的變動成分,因此兩致動器得以協調控 制,而得以提高控制的安定性與板厚精度。 根據第5個本發明,將在輥軋過程中影響度大的獨立 變數當作多變數控制中的狀態量,除了可藉狀態回饋控制 系統呈髙響應地控制輥軋過程外,亦藉控制量回饋控制系 統將板厚控制在一定。 特別是由於將控制效果較以往之前方張力爲大的後方 張力以及用於控制該後方張力之前機台(stand)的軋輥 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210'乂297公釐) : (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝. 訂 -16 - 經濟部中央樣準局員工消费合作社印製 A 7 B7 五、發明説明(14 ) 速度與壓下位置一起設定成狀態量,可以提高板厚精度。 更者,藉將張力當作控制量可以抑制張力的急劇變化,而 實現不會斷裂之安定操作。更者,由於控制量之出側板厚 係使用位在軋輥正下方的推測值,因此可以實現不需要移 動到出側板厚計之閒置時間的高響應控制,而能夠防止由 於外亂因素導致板厚精度降低的情形,且可提高製品品質 〇 (實施例) 以下請參照圖面來說明第1個本發明之第1實施例。 圖2係輥軋機之控制裝置的一般構成圖1而作爲控制 對象的輥軋機1則接受來自控制裝置2之控制指令9而動 作。控制裝置2則利用由檢出裝置3所檢出之輥軋機1之 動作狀態的狀態量,而產生對致動器8的指令。輥軋機1 之非線性特性強,因此無法適用線性控制方式。在此控制 裝置2是由:用於決定動作點的設定控制系統4、自前述 設定控制系統4接受目標值,而如使距目標值之偏差成爲 零般地動作的D DC控制系統5、供設定控制系統4決定 動作點的輥軋模型6,以及利用來自檢出裝置的输出,而 推測對控制爲必要,但是無法直接計測之狀態量的觀測裝 置7所構成》 圖3係表輥軋機的構成圖。輥軋機1的機台(stand) 係由1對的工作輥1 0、中間輥1 1以及支撐輥1 2所構 成。在支撐輥1 2則連接有壓下裝置1 3,藉控制壓下裝 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1' -17 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(15) 置1 3的位置,可以改變中間輥1 1、工作輥1 0的間隔 ,而使輥軋材1 4之板厚變化》在工作輥1 〇的軸則經由 齒輪裝置1 5連接有軋輥驅動裝置1 6。此外則由油壓壓 下裝置1 3以及軋輥驅動裝置1 6構成致動器8。 圖4係一以串聯式輥軋機爲對象之輥軋控制系統的概 略圖,而用於模擬多台輥軋機1之動作狀態的狀態量則使 用由張力檢出器3 — 3所檢出之作用在輥軋材1 4的張力 τ、由輥軋荷重檢出器3 - 4所檢出之輥軋荷重P、由軋 輥速度檢出器3-5所檢出之軋輥速度VR 。此外,亦可 取代輥軋。 在圖1中,狀態量之差分機構51 — 1、回饋控制機 構5 2、積分機構5 3則構成可將輥軋機1之狀態維持在 一定之最佳調整器。更者,則包括控制量與指令之加法( 減法)機構5 4、回饋控制機構5 5以及加法機構5 6, 而構成圖4之回饋控制部5-1。而此則爲一最佳伺服系 統。 更者,追蹤來自指令產生機構4 2之指令的追蹤機構 59 — 1、差分機構5 1 — 2、指令前饋控制裝置57, 則相當於圖4之前饋控制部5 - 2。又附加有由用於輸入 入側板厚的差分機構51_3、追蹤機構59_2以及預 測外亂前饋控制機構5 7所構成之預測外亂之前饋控制。 串聯式輥軋機之控制模型則是在動作點附近針對荷重 式、光進率式、板速度以及其微小變動式、質量流動( mass flow以)及其軋荷重P而改採由壓下位置檢出器3 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐〉 一 18 _ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) Γ 五、發明説明(16 A7 B7 6所檢出的壓下位置S當作狀態量。而用於追蹤( 速度則是由板速度檢出計3 - 2所檢測。 器5係由可使輥軋狀態維持在一定而實施 部5 — 1、進行指令或預測外亂之回饋控 5 — 2、以及將來自該控制部5 — 1與5 tracking)之板 D D C控制 回饋的回饋控制 制的前饋控制部 壓下位置 -2之 出到作 加法部 圖 的構成 修正機 器5之 微小變 動式、 遲及其 微小變 1般之 爲致動器 5 — 3所 1係表第 ,係一除 構4 1與 詳細內容 動式、外 油壓裝置 微小變動 動式早各 一般式可 操作量與軋輥速度操作量相加,且將之输 8之壓下裝置13與軋輥驅動裝置16的 構成。 1個本發明之一實施例之輥軋控制裝置2 了作爲設定控制系統之一部分的控制參數 指令產生機構4 2以外,表示DD C控制 的功能系統圖。 殼(housing)之延遲時間以及其微小變 之延遲以及其微小變動式、速度裝置之延 式、計測表以及其微小變動、張力以及其 周知之方程式予以局部線性化,而藉如數 表現之多個狀態方程式加以記述。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本貢) -裝· 訂 :森_ 經濟部中央標隼局員工消费合作社印製 〔數1〕 d d =Ax + Bu + EdI -9 _ Printed by A7 B7 _ Employee Cooperative of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs _ V. Description of the invention (7) Time, so for different response delay time without considering the different time, and for a certain point of thickness change at the same time In the case of output command, the full effect of feedforward control cannot be obtained. The fourth object of the present invention is to overcome the problems of the aforementioned conventional technology and provide a plate thickness data for each actuator with a different response delay time, which is specially used to calculate the feedforward command, to improve Rolling control method and device for controlling effect. The fourth object of the present invention is to provide a coordinated action of a reduction device with different response delay time and a roll drive device in order to counteract the external disturbance factors of the plate thickness and tension caused by the plate thickness variation, and improve the plate Rolling control method and device for thickness control accuracy. In the preceding example, the state quantity of the optimal servo system uses the front tension. However, when comparing the influence of the front tension and the rear tension on the plate thickness, there is a problem that the influence of the front tension is small and the control effect is small. On the other hand, the control amount uses the rolling load as an auxiliary variable, and the unstable control caused by the rapid change of the tension is not considered. In addition, the plate thickness obtained by the exit plate thickness gauge has a large idle time (about 500 ms) until the rolled material moves from directly under the roll to the plate gauge. Therefore, the control output obtained based on the thickness of the plate directly below the roll will delay an idle time, thereby reducing the accuracy of the plate thickness relative to factors such as external disturbances of the base material, thereby causing a problem of deterioration in product quality. The fifth object of the present invention is to provide a state variable and a control variable which can effectively and minimally select multivariable control, and constitute a high-precision and stable rolling control device and method according to an optimal servo system. This paper uses the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) 'III "installed-I i ordered-II ^ (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 301616 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (8) (Means for solving the problem) In order to achieve the aforementioned object of the first invention, the first invention is structured as follows. That is, when the control parameters and the command value (target value) are changed by setting calculations, respectively The operation amount can be determined so that the deviation of the command value from the control amount measured in a certain period is eliminated and the rolling mill control method is controlled at the desired plate thickness, which is characterized by: For multiple state quantities in the rolling process, the state difference value from the previous value can be obtained for each state quantity, and the state difference value can be multiplied by the state feedback coefficient of one of the aforementioned control parameters to obtain the state feedback The deviation of the system's operating quantity; in each of the aforementioned cycles, the previous command value output according to the aforementioned setting calculation and / or each predicted value such as the thickness of the incoming side plate measured as one of the external disturbances, and Take the predicted difference value from the previous value and store it in order until the control time point. At the control time point, compare the predicted difference value of multiple steps in the future (future) with the predicted feedforward coefficient of one of the aforementioned control parameters Multiply to obtain the deviation of the operation amount of the predictive control system; multiply the deviation of the operation amount of the aforementioned state feedback system and the deviation of the operation amount of the aforementioned predictive control system by the operation amount in the previous step, and output it to the rolling mill The purpose of the second invention is to achieve the means of obtaining the deviation between the set value determined by the rolling model and the actual measured value of the state quantity or control quantity detected at a certain period, And with certain control parameters, the deviation of the actual paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)-install · book employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Consumer Cooperative-11-Printed by A7 B7 of the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of the invention (9) Implement feedback control to determine the rolling of the actuator's operating instructions In the control method, a certain rolling parameter is matched with the measured value by the inverse setting calculation of the rolling model, and a certain rolling value is matched with the certain measured value according to the control model (state equation) used to determine the control parameter Parameters to determine the certain state of the rolling process. The above-mentioned certain state is to obtain the deviation of the measured value of all or part of the elements of the aforementioned state quantity and control quantity from the corresponding set values, and to determine the deviation When the evaluation value obtained by the value exceeds the allowable value set in advance and / or the unstable operation such as acceleration and deceleration of the rolling speed, etc. "The third means for achieving the aforementioned first object of the present invention is controlled simultaneously In the rolling mill control method of plate thickness and tension, when the deviation of the measured value of the tension from the target value is within a certain tension range (allowable value) determined in advance, the plate thickness control is given priority, when the position is outside the range , The tension control is given priority. The third means for achieving the second object of the present invention is to control the thickness and tension of the roll rolling mill control method by simultaneously operating the actuators of the rolling device and the roll driving device, by actuating with a fast response speed The non-interference control of the device to counteract the interference of tension or plate thickness by the control of plate thickness or tension. The third means of achieving the foregoing third object of the present invention is mainly to simultaneously control the measured plate thickness And the feedback control means that the deviation of the tension from its target value is eliminated, such as the non-interference control means that controls the interference caused by the thickness or tension control on the tension or the thickness and the corresponding control from the control The control instructions of the means are operated. This paper standard is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210X25 * 7mm> >"install; = mouth ^ ^ (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -12- A7 B7 printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. V. Description of Invention (10) A rolling device consisting of a pressing device and a roller driving device, which can simultaneously control plate thickness and tension. The control device is characterized by having: the control gain corresponding to the thickness deviation set by the feedback control system and the control gain corresponding to the tension can correspond to the difference of the applied cold rolling process or hot rolling process and And / or the control gain adjustment means to change the thickness priority or tension priority control, and to make the tension non-interference control gain corresponding to the thickness deviation set by the aforementioned non-interference control system, and the thickness non-interference control corresponding to the tension deviation Gain, which is a non-interfering control gain adjustment means that is adjusted in response to the time constants of the reduction device and the roll drive device. The means for achieving the foregoing object are mainly a device that can control the reduction device and the car L roll drive device. The multi-roller mill control method, which implements feed-forward control and controls the thickness and tension of the rolled material, is characterized by: detecting the pressing device of each machine, the peripheral speed of the roll, and the plate on the outgoing side according to a certain period Thickness and board speed between the next machine; According to the detection device of the board thickness on the exit side, will correspond to the next machine The history data row of the plate thickness memorized up to the position corresponding to the speed of the board detected from the exit side of the front station is shifted side by side, and the board thickness that is newly detected is memorized; The next machine side selects the plate thickness data corresponding to the moving distance of the roller L material that has moved within the response delay time of the previously given pressing device, and obtains the output based on the selected plate thickness data To the press command of the aforementioned press device for press feed forward control, the same is based on-according to the response delay time of the aforementioned roll drive device. This paper standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)-Installation · Order -13-A7 B7 V. Description of invention (u) 'And the plate thickness data selected from the previous resume data column, and the output is output to the speed feed forward The speed command of the aforementioned roll drive device. The fifth means for achieving the aforementioned object of the present invention is mainly a detection device that can detect the actual value of multiple state quantities or multiple control quantities of a rolling mill composed of multiple units according to a certain period , A rolling mill control device composed of a DDC control device that controls to eliminate the difference between the operating point or target setting value determined by the setting control device and the actual performance value, characterized in that the DDC control device is an optimal servo system , And has a state feedback control method that can implement the feedback control using the reduction position, the rear tension and the roll speed of the foreground as the state quantity, and a control amount feedback control that implements the feedback control using the exit side plate thickness and the rear tension as the control quantity means. Furthermore, the outgoing plate thickness of the aforementioned control amount is a plate thickness located directly under the roll according to the mass flow law estimated by the observation device. (Function) Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (U3. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) According to the first invention, the operation quantity is to obtain the state quantity or the forecast quantity and The difference between the previous value, and the difference value is multiplied by the control parameter to obtain the deviation value of the operation amount, and this is multiplied by the previous operation amount. Since this is a differential / integral conversion action, although it is in the macro view The control action you see does not change, but there will be a huge difference in an instant. That is, by multiplying the difference value and the parameter, the effect of the parameter change and the command value change can be reduced. Afterwards, due to the multiplication The amount of operations, so it can be suppressed. The size of the operating paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). Repair ifi Peiyue B7 V. Description of the invention (I2) The amount of work changes dramatically. Furthermore, according to the first invention, the control unit of Qian'e is used to determine the command value or the thickness of the input side before the control time. considering The operation command before this step improves the responsiveness and stability, so the entire control system can maintain a high response while implementing stable and high-precision control of the nonlinear rolling mill. According to the second invention, when the state When the error caused by the deviation of the amount or control value from its set value exceeds a certain value and is abnormal, or when the rolling mill is judged to be in a rolling state with unstable operation, it can be recalculated according to the rolling parameters at an appropriate time. Correct the control model in a timely manner. As a result, it can correspond to the rapidly changing rolling state or the rolling state of unstable operation that has undergone large changes in advance, and can be controlled online (on-1 ine) and in real time (real time) The parameters are optimized, so that the influence of external factors or changes of internal variables on the control action can be avoided. The third priority control of the present invention can control the plate thickness gain by whether the tension deviation is within a certain range Or one of the tension control gains is set to be higher and higher than the other. In particular, the tension range used to switch the priority control object (allowable ), It is determined for each machine, and each classification level (level) of the tension setting value that is set corresponding to the change of the operating point》 by this | can be set to be able to match the dense tolerance of the operating point Value, and the optimal priority control is implemented for each rolling state, so that the accuracy of the thickness and tension is improved when it is available. In addition, because the tension is constantly monitored to prevent its rapid change, the rolling mill can be operated stably * According to the third For the non-interference control of the present invention, due to the fast response speed, the paper standard adopts the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0 X 297mm) _ j 5 _ (please read the precautions on the back before filling in This page) Printed 301616 $ by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. The actuator of the invention (13) cooperates with the phase and implements non-interference control on the actuator with a slow response speed, so it can be reliably cancelled. The interference is eliminated, and the control effect of plate thickness and tension is improved. According to the third roll mill control device of the present invention, the priority control of the plate thickness or tension can be applied to the cold rolling process of the roll drive device to control the plate thickness and the reduction device to control the tension or the hot rolling to be controlled inversely Engineering. In addition, since the implementation device of non-interference control can be applied to the case where the response speed of the pressing device is fast or the response speed of the roll drive device is fast, it is easy to construct or change the roll control system. According to the fourth invention, the response delay time caused by the idle time or the delay coefficient will be used to calculate the plate thickness data of the feedforward command considering the situation that each actuator is different, corresponding to the plate speed and Choose in response to the delay time. As a result, it is possible to implement the feedforward control in accordance with the phase timing of the plate thickness variation regardless of the response delay time of each actuator or the plate speed. Furthermore, since the feedforward control is performed on the roll driving device to cancel the fluctuation component of the tension included in the thickness variation, the two actuators can be controlled in coordination, and the stability of the control and the accuracy of the thickness can be improved. According to the fifth invention, the independent variable with great influence in the rolling process is regarded as the state variable in the multi-variable control. In addition to the state feedback control system that can control the rolling process responsively, the control variable The feedback control system controls the board thickness to a certain level. Especially because the back tension which has a greater control effect than the previous front tension and the roll paper used for the stand before the back tension are controlled by the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 '297 mm ): (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)-Packing. Order -16-Printed by the Central Sample Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Employee Consumer Cooperative A 7 B7 5. Description of the invention (14) The speed is set together with the pressing position The state quantity can improve the thickness accuracy. Moreover, by using tension as a control amount, abrupt changes in tension can be suppressed, and a stable operation without breaking can be achieved. Furthermore, since the outgoing plate thickness of the control amount uses an estimated value located directly under the roll, high response control that does not require moving to the outgoing plate thickness gauge idle time can be realized, and plate thickness due to external disturbances can be prevented In the case where the accuracy is reduced, and the quality of the product can be improved. (Example) The first example of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. Fig. 2 shows the general configuration of the control device of the rolling mill shown in Fig. 1. The rolling mill 1 as the control object operates in response to the control command 9 from the control device 2. The control device 2 uses the state quantity of the operating state of the rolling mill 1 detected by the detection device 3 to generate a command to the actuator 8. The non-linear characteristics of the rolling mill 1 are strong, so the linear control method cannot be applied. Here, the control device 2 is composed of a setting control system 4 for determining the operating point, a target value received from the setting control system 4 described above, and a DC control system 5 that operates so that the deviation from the target value becomes zero. The control system 4 sets the rolling model 6 that determines the operating point, and uses the output from the detection device to speculate that it is necessary for the control, but the observation device 7 that can not directly measure the state quantity is composed of FIG. 3 shows the rolling mill. Composition diagram. The stand of the rolling mill 1 is composed of a pair of work rolls 10, intermediate rolls 11 and backup rolls 12. The supporting roller 12 is connected with a pressing device 1 3, and the paper size is controlled by pressing to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), 1 '-17-A7 B7 printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (15) The position of 1 to 3 can change the interval between the intermediate roll 1 1 and the work roll 10 to make the rolled material 1 4) Thickness change "The axis of the work roll 10 is connected to the roll drive device 16 via the gear device 15. In addition, the hydraulic pressure reduction device 13 and the roll drive device 16 constitute an actuator 8. Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a rolling control system for a tandem rolling mill, and the state quantity used to simulate the operating state of multiple rolling mills 1 uses the function detected by the tension detector 3-3 The tension τ of the rolled material 14, the roll load P detected by the roll load detectors 3-4, and the roll speed VR detected by the roll speed detectors 3-5. In addition, it can also replace rolling. In FIG. 1, the differential mechanism 51 of the state quantity 1. 1. The feedback control mechanism 5 2. The integration mechanism 5 3 constitutes an optimal regulator that can maintain the state of the rolling mill 1 to a certain degree. Furthermore, it includes an addition (subtraction) mechanism 54 of the control amount and command, a feedback control mechanism 55, and an addition mechanism 56, which constitute the feedback control section 5-1 of FIG. This is the best servo system. Furthermore, the tracking mechanism 59-1, the differential mechanism 51-2, and the instruction feedforward control device 57 that track the instructions from the instruction generating mechanism 42 are equivalent to the feedforward control unit 5-2 in FIG. In addition, a predictive disturbance feedforward control composed of a differential mechanism 51_3 for inputting the input side plate thickness, a tracking mechanism 59_2, and a predicted disturbance control feedforward control mechanism 57 is added. The control model of the tandem rolling mill is changed from the reduction position to the load type, light feed rate, plate speed and its small fluctuations, mass flow (mass flow) and its rolling load P near the operating point. Apparatus 3 This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) 1. 18 _ (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Γ 5. Invention description (16 A7 B7 6 pressure detected The lower position S is regarded as the state quantity. It is used for tracking (the speed is detected by the plate speed detection meter 3-2. The device 5 is a system that can maintain the rolling state at a certain level, and the implementation unit 5-1 gives instructions or Predictive feedback control 5-2 of the external disturbance, and the feedforward control part of the feedback control system of the DDC control feedback of the board from the control part 5-1 and 5 tracking). The minor change type, the late change and the slight change that constitute the correction machine 5 are generally the actuators 5-3, 1 table, one division structure 4 1 and details. Early general manipulable amount and roll speed The amount of work is added, and the structure of the reduction device 13 and the roll drive device 16 that loses 8. The roll control device 2 of an embodiment of the present invention 2 has a control parameter command generation mechanism as part of the setting control system 4 Other than 2, it shows the functional system diagram of DD C control. The delay time of the housing (housing) and the delay of its small change and its small change type, the delay type of the speed device, the measurement table and its small change, tension and its well-known The equations are partially linearized, and described by a number of state equations. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this tribute)-Installation · Order: Sen_ Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standard Falcon Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs [ Number 1〕 dd = Ax + Bu + Ed

y = C 在此,A爲系統行列、B爲操作行列、C爲觀測行列 、E爲外亂因素行列、X爲狀態向量、u爲輸入(操作量 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -19 -y = C Here, A is the system ranks, B is the operation ranks, C is the observation ranks, E is the external disturbance ranks, X is the state vector, u is the input (the amount of the operation is in this paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS)) A4 size (210X297mm) -19-

A7 B7 五、奋明说明(17) )向量、y爲输出(控制量)向置、d爲外亂向置•各向 置係以(數2)〜(數5)來表示*但是小寫i係表輥軋 機的變數。此外,各式之記號的說明則表示在表1 · 〔數2〕 :〔χ··ι> χ··2, χί3, χί4] 丁 CAh,., ΔΡ,, ΔνΗ;, Δτ,.] τ 〔數3〕 (2 ---------Q -II (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) U .A7 B7 V. Description of Fenming (17)) Vector, y is the output (control quantity) orientation, d is the external disorder orientation • Each orientation is represented by (number 2) ~ (number 5) * but lowercase i Variables for the table roll mill. In addition, the description of the symbols in each formula is shown in Table 1. 〔Number 3〕 (2 --------- Q -II (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) U.

[Δ S Δ V.: (3) 〔數4 ^|2» ^i3]T = [ΔΗ;, ASr., dASr/dt] 〔數5 〕 (4) 訂[Δ S Δ V .: (3) [Number 4 ^ | 2 »^ i3] T = [ΔΗ ;, ASr., DASr / dt] [Number 5] (4) Order

[y,. y,]T=[Ah.,>Ar.;]T (5 但是,在(數1)〜(數5)中〔 〕τ係表轉置行 經濟部中央橾準局負X消費合作杜印装 列 由前述,輥軋機之狀態方程式分別是根據出側扳厚偏 差Ahi,荷重偏差ΔΡι,軋輥琿度偏差、出側張 力偏差八^^之么個狀態量(Xi-Xd與張力偏差之2 個控制y2)而作成*又,操作量u爲壓下位置 指令偏差△SuCui)、軋輥速度指令偏差 u 2 ) •此外•控制模型由於使用線性控制系統的設計手 本紙*尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) Α4洗格(210X 297公釐) 301616 A1 B7 五、發明説明(18 ) 法,因此由偏差值系統來處理。又,以下,偏差值以三角 形的「△」來表示,而差分值則以倒三角形的「▽」來表 示0 表2係表行列A,B,C以及E的內容,表3係表其 要素、表4亦係表其他之要素。 叫-裝 訂 ^-^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -21 - 五、發明説明( A7 B7 表 1 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (記號的說明) △ P u :產生荷重偏差 P Ai :產生荷重 △ P i :荷重偏差 Pi: 荷重 △ Η i :入側板厚偏差 Hi: 入側板厚 △ h i :出側板厚偏差 hi: 出側板厚 Δ r b i :入側張力偏差 l t> i :入側張力 Δ r f i :出側張力偏差 T f i :出側張力 Δ f i :先進率偏差 f i 二 先進率 Δ v 3 i :出側板速偏差 V oi :出側板速 △ v s i :入側板速偏差 V ei :入側板速 Δ ν R i :軋輥速度偏差 v Ri :軋輥速度 Δ ν Pi :軋輥速度指令偏差 V Pi :軋輥指令速度 △ S i :壓下位置偏差 Si: 壓下位置 Δ S Pi :壓下位置指令偏差 S r> i :壓下指令位置 △ S f i : $L輕偏心偏差 S r i :軋輥偏心 τ si :壓下裝置之延遲時間 T vi :速度控制裝置之 延遲時間 τ pi :外殼之延遲時間 K i : 彈性係數 Li: 輥軋機間距 E i : 楊氏係數(楊氏率) 但是 ,小字i係表第i台的變數。 請 先 閲 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 11 頁 訂 、-表 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -22 -[y ,. y,] T = [Ah., >Ar.;] T (5 However, in (number 1) ~ (number 5) [] τ is the table transposed row, the Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Bureau of Preparatory Bureau is negative X consumer cooperation du printing is set out from the above, the state equations of the rolling mill are based on the state deviation of the outboard thickness deviation Ahi, the load deviation ΔΡι, the roll hull deviation, the outside tension deviation of eight state variables (Xi-Xd It is made with the two controls of tension deviation y2) *, and the operation amount u is the depressing position command deviation △ SuCui), the roll speed command deviation u 2) • In addition • The control model is designed using a linear control system. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 wash grid (210X 297mm) 301616 A1 B7 V. Invention description (18) method, so it is handled by the deviation value system. In addition, in the following, the deviation value is represented by the triangle "△", and the difference value is represented by the inverted triangle "▽". Table 2 shows the contents of the rows A, B, C and E, and Table 3 shows the elements. Table 4 also lists other elements. Call-Binding ^-^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) The paper standard printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -21-5 Description of invention (A7 B7 Table 1 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (Description of Symbols)) △ P u: Load deviation P Ai: Generated load △ P i: Load deviation Pi: Load △ Η i: Entry side panel Thickness deviation Hi: Thickness of inlet side △ hi: Thickness of outlet side thickness hi: Thickness of outlet side Δ rbi: Thickness of inlet side l t> i: Tension of inlet side Δ rfi: Deviation of inlet side tension T fi: Tension of outlet side Δ fi: Advanced rate deviation fi Second advanced rate Δ v 3 i: Exit side plate speed deviation V oi: Exit side plate speed △ vsi: Entry side plate speed deviation V ei: Entry side plate speed deviation ν R i: Roll speed deviation v Ri: Roll speed Δ ν Pi: Roll speed command deviation V Pi: Roll command speed △ S i: Roll position deviation Si: Roll position Δ S Pi: Roll position command deviation S r > i: Roll position command deviation △ S fi: $ L light Eccentricity deviation Sri: roll deviation τ si: Delay time of the pressing device T vi: Delay time of the speed control device τ pi: Delay time of the casing K i: Elasticity coefficient Li: Roller pitch E i: Young's coefficient (Young's ratio) However, the small letter i It is the variable of table i. Please read the precautions on the back page on the 11th page,-the paper size of the table is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -22-

30161G A7 B7 五、發明説明( 20 表 230161G A7 B7 V. Description of invention (20 Table 2

--------「裝------訂------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 23 五、發明説明(21 A: A7 B7 表 3 A A. E = E Ε· 1,1 AltI 0 0 0 ' 「日u 0 0 0 0 2.1 A2.2 〇 0 0 B2.2 0 0 0 0 A3.2 α3·3 A 3,4 0 8 = 0 0 83.3 0 0 0 0 Ay A4,4 A4.s 0 0 0 B‘.4 0 0 0 0 A5.. AS.S_ _ 0 0 0 0 B5 1,1 0 0 0 0 % 0 0 0 0 2.1 ^ 2,2 Ώ 0 0 0 C 2.2 0 0 0 0 ^ 3,2 E 3,3 0 0 c = 0 0 C 3,3 0 0 0 0 E 4,3 0 0 .0 0 Cm 0 0 0 0 ^ 5. 5- .0 0 0 0 Cs 訂 ^-^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公釐) -24 - 301616-------- "Installation ------ Order ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Printed paper size printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) 23 V. Description of invention (21 A: A7 B7 Table 3 A A. E = E Ε · 1,1 AltI 0 0 0 '「日 u 0 0 0 0 2.1 A2.2 〇0 0 B2.2 0 0 0 0 A3.2 α3 · 3 A 3,4 0 8 = 0 0 83.3 0 0 0 0 Ay A4,4 A4.s 0 0 0 B'.4 0 0 0 0 A5 .. AS.S_ _ 0 0 0 0 B5 1,1 0 0 0 0% 0 0 0 0 2.1 ^ 2,2 Ώ 0 0 0 C 2.2 0 0 0 0 ^ 3,2 E 3,3 0 0 c = 0 0 C 3,3 0 0 0 0 E 4,3 0 0 .0 0 Cm 0 0 0 0 ^ 5. 5- .0 0 0 0 Cs order ^-^ (Please read the notes on the back first (Fill in this page again) The paper standard printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297mm) -24-301616

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 25 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ______B7 五、發明説明(23) 依前述狀態方程式所決定之控制模型,在每次對應於 被取樣之輥軋機1之狀態而改變動作點時,則藉控制參數 修正機構4 1來算出控制模型的參數(狀態方程式的各係 數),而修正回饋控制機構53以及55之回饋係數Fx ’ Fe ,前饋控制機構57以及58之前饋係數Fr , F d。 控制參數則是依據最佳調整理論或是Η 〇〇控制理論等 之現代控制理論,藉針對各狀態而設定之理卡吉(譯音) 方程式而被算出。有關該點則詳細記載於「現代制」御工 學(第7章1 4 1頁〜1 5 8頁;土谷武士、江上正共著 ;產業圖書株式會社刊、平成3年4月2 6日」或「夕只 亍厶制御理論(第6章2 2 2頁〜2 5 6頁;伊藤正實著 :昭晃堂社刊、昭和48年5月20日」。 其次詳細說明圖1所示之實施例的動作。 對於由(數1 )之狀態方程式而被一般化的輥軋機1 ,藉設在各台之檢出裝置3,依一定週期Τ檢測出(數2 )之狀態量(出側板厚、壓下荷重、輥軋速度以及出側張 力)。該些狀態量則在差分機構51-1中求取與前次值 的差分值。此外,第i台之狀態量Xi ,在偏差值系統中 ,如(數2 )所示,乃給予一相對於規定值之偏差值。而 規定值係藉設定系統4事先被計算出。 圖5係用於說明圖1之差分機構51-1之構成的模 式圖。此外,差分機構5 1 — 2,3在基本上乃爲一相同 的構成。差分機構5 1則對應於輸入數(在本例中爲4 ) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝. 訂 -26 - A 7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(24) 而備有差分器1 20 (1 23)。差分器120係由閒置 時間機構1 2 1與加法器1 2 2所構成,根據直接被供給 到加法器122之輸入’如(數6)、(數7)所示般地 演算出經由閒置時間機構121的輸入(亦即,1個週期 前{k — 1}T的輸入),且輸出差分值vXi(VXil 〜Vxi4)。閒置時間機構12 1之閒置時間則爲控制系 統之取樣週期T (秒)^ 〔數6〕 ▽ X 丨 j(k) = Xij(k)-X丨j(k—1) (j=l,〜,4) …(6) 〔數 7〕 -------------VXi(k)= [Vx^u), νχ!2(1<),Vxi3(k)', Vxi4(k)] ________ _____ 、 ··· (7) 圖6係用於說明回饋機構5 2之構成的說明圖。來自 差分機構5 1 _ 1的差分值Vxi,則在乘法器1 3 0中 乘上(數8)所示之回饋係數,且根據(數9)、(數 1 0 )來求取(數3 )所示的壓下位置指令成分Ui與軋 輥速度指令成分U2的偏差值ΔΙΜι ,八!;1^ 〔數8〕This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 25 A7 ______B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (23) The control model determined according to the aforementioned state equation When the operating point is changed according to the state of the sampled rolling mill 1, the parameters of the control model (coefficients of the state equation) are calculated by the control parameter correction mechanism 41, and the feedback coefficients Fx of the feedback control mechanisms 53 and 55 are corrected 'Fe, the feedforward control mechanisms 57 and 58 feedforward coefficients Fr, Fd. The control parameters are calculated based on the modern control theory such as the best adjustment theory or the HOO control theory, etc., by the Rikaji (transliteration) equations set for each state. This point is described in detail in "Modern System" Royal Engineering (Chapter 7 1 4 1 pages ~ 1 5 8 pages; Tsuchiya Samurai, Egami Masao; co-authored; Industrial Books Co., Ltd., April 26, 2003) Or "Xi Yuji's Theory of Regime Control (Chapter 6 2 2 2 ~ 2 5 6; Ito Masato: Shokodo Press, May 20, 1988). Next, the implementation shown in Figure 1 will be described in detail. The operation of the example. For the rolling mill 1 generalized by the state equation of (number 1), the detection device 3 provided in each station detects the state quantity of (number 2) at a certain period T (outside plate thickness) , The reduction load, the rolling speed and the tension on the exit side). These state quantities are obtained from the difference value of the previous value in the differential mechanism 51-1. In addition, the state quantity Xi of the i-th station is in the deviation value system In, as shown in (number 2), a deviation value relative to the prescribed value is given. The prescribed value is calculated in advance by the setting system 4. FIG. 5 is used to explain the structure of the differential mechanism 51-1 of FIG. In addition, the differential mechanism 5 1-2, 3 is basically the same structure. The differential mechanism 5 1 corresponds to the input number In this example, it is 4) The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) -installation. Order-26-A 7 B7 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau of Standards and Employee Consumer Cooperative V. Description of invention (24) and equipped with a differentiator 1 20 (1 23). The differentiator 120 is composed of an idle time mechanism 1 2 1 and an adder 1 2 2 and is supplied directly The input to the adder 122 is calculated as shown in (number 6) and (number 7) through the idle time mechanism 121 (that is, the input of {k — 1} T 1 cycle ago), and the output Difference value vXi (VXil ~ Vxi4). The idle time of the idle time mechanism 12 1 is the sampling period T of the control system (seconds) ^ [number 6] ▽ X 丨 j (k) = Xij (k) -X 丨 j ( k—1) (j = l, ~, 4)… (6) [Number 7] ------------- VXi (k) = [Vx ^ u), νχ! 2 (1 <), Vxi3 (k) ', Vxi4 (k)] ________ _____, (7) Figure 6 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the structure of the feedback mechanism 5 2. The difference value Vxi from the differential mechanism 5 1 _ 1 , Multiply the feedback coefficient shown in (number 8) in multiplier 1 3 0, and the root According to (Number 9), (Number 1 0), the deviation value ΔΙΜι of the reduction position command component Ui shown in (Number 3) and the roll speed command component U2, eight !; 1 ^ [Number 8]

本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS > A4规格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注$項再填寫本頁) b -aThis paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS & A4 specifications (210X297mm) (please read the $ item on the back and then fill in this page) b -a

T -27 - A7 B*7 五、發明説明(25 〔數9 〕T -27-A7 B * 7 5. Description of the invention (25 [number 9]

AUAU

[Δυ; △ u;2] 11 :2 1 :12 :2 2[Δυ; △ u; 2] 11: 2 1: 12: 2 2

Vx ▽ x Vx Vx (9) 在此,Vxa爲出側板厚的差分值Vh、Vx2爲出側 張力的差分值Vrf、Vx3爲壓下荷重的差分值vp3、 ▽ x4爲軋輥速度的差分值VVR。 〔數 1 0〕 △UU = f i 十千 l2 + f i3+f X24VX ·, -•.(10) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印装 另一方面,來自指令產生機構4 2之由(數1 1 )所 表示之指令Γ (板厚偏差指令Ahref與張力偏差指令 △ Tref) ’則根據(數5 )所示之輥軋機1的控制量γ (出側板厚偏差Ah與出側張力偏差Arf),而在加法 器54中,由(數12)求取偏差ε» 〔數 1 1 〕 [「丨1,「12] T= [Ahlr·" Δτ·ίίΓ。,] τ (1 --------1装------訂------j...^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS > Α4規格(210X297公釐) -28 - 3026 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 26 數1 2〕 yyVx ▽ x Vx Vx (9) Here, Vxa is the differential value of the exit side plate thickness Vh, Vx2 is the differential value of the exit side tension Vrf, Vx3 is the differential value of the reduction load vp3, ▽ x4 is the differential value of the roll speed VVR . [Number 1 0] △ UU = fi ten thousand l2 + f i3 + f X24VX ·,-•. (10) Printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The number 1 1) indicates the command Γ (thickness deviation command Ahref and tension deviation command △ Tref) 'is based on the control amount γ of the rolling mill 1 shown in (number 5) (the exit side thickness deviation Ah and the exit side tension deviation Arf), and in the adder 54, the deviation ε »[number 1 1] is obtained from (number 12) [" 丨 1, "12] T = [Ahlr · " Δτ · ίίΓ.,] Τ (1- ------- 1installation ------ order ------ j ... ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) This paper uses the Chinese National Standard (CNS > Α4 specification (210X297 mm) -28-3026 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (26 number 1 2) yy

Ah : ...—Ah Δ Δ (12) 在此,ε 爲壓下位置指令成分、e i2爲軋輥速度指 令成分。該偏差e則被輸入到回饋控制機構5 5,而乘上 由(數13)所表示之回饋係數Fe ,且根據(數14) 、(數15)來求取壓下位置指令成分之操作量的偏差值 △ U2i,軋輥速度指令成分之偏差值Δυ22 〔數 1 3〕Ah: ...— Ah Δ Δ (12) Here, ε is the depressing position command component, and e i2 is the roll speed command component. The deviation e is input to the feedback control mechanism 55, multiplied by the feedback coefficient Fe represented by (number 13), and the operation amount of the depressed position command component is obtained according to (number 14) and (number 15) The deviation value △ U2i, the deviation value of the roll speed command component Δυ22 [Number 1 3]

F 〔數 1 4〕F 〔Number 1 4〕

AUAU

[Δυί,, Δϋ^ ] T = F (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· (13) 經濟部中央樣準局貝工消費合作社印製 12 2 2 ·1ΐε Ι1 + ^·12ε i i 1 + f (14) 〔數 1 5〕 Δυ^ =△u?2 = + f (15[Δυί ,, Δϋ ^] T = F (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Outfit · (13) Printed by Beigong Consumer Cooperative of Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 12 2 2 · 1 ls1 Ι1 + ^ · 12ε ii 1 + f (14) 〔number 1 5〕 Δυ ^ = △ u? 2 = + f (15

+ f . 22 ε i 2... J 本紙張尺度適用中國圃家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -29 - A7 ___ B7_____^_五、發明説明(27) 更者,則在加法機構5 6中,針對各成分如(數1 6 )所示般與來自回饋控制機構5 2之AUN,相加 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消費合作社印製 〔數 1 6〕 AU ; = [AU , AU ; △ U十 i- Δυί2] Δυ^’ ΔυΙ+ f. 22 ε i 2 ... J The size of this paper is applicable to China Pujia Family Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -29-A7 ___ B7 _____ ^ _ V. Description of invention (27) Adding mechanism 5 6 adds the AUN from the feedback control mechanism 5 2 to each component as shown in (number 1 6) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the quasi-bureau Beigong Consumer Cooperative [Number 1 6] AU; = [AU, AU; △ U 十 i- Δυί2] Δυ ^ 'ΔυΙ

=Δ U f + Δ U ? AUjj+AU △ Ui,+AU 圖 有可對 12 5 或是△ 法器1 爲止之 新的加 ,則將 輥速度 法機構 則成爲 7係用 應於來 ,而依 U 2實 2 6中 加法結 法結果 壓下位 操作量 5 3對 (數1 於說明 自加法 週期Τ 施積分 將來自 果之閒 當作操 置操作 U 2輸 操作量 7 )、 積分機 機構5 對依週 而加以 回饋機 置時間 作量U 量U 1 出到軋 U的演 (數1 構5 6之 期Τ 輸出 構5 要素 輸 輸出 輥驅 算, 8 ) 3之構 每一成 被離散 。積分 2的輸 12 7 出到致 到壓下 動裝置 當以積 成的模 分之輸 化的輸 器1 2 入與用 的輸出 動器8 裝置1 16。 分形式 -..(16) 式圖。具備 入的積分器 入值△ U α 5,則在加 於輸出到此 相加,而將 。在本例中 3,而將軋 而根據該加 來表示時, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -30 - A7 B7 五、發明説明( 〔數1 7 28 U, CUilf U.2] /dt Ο 1Δυ.ι'-0 / d t J AU ., /AUiod t (17 〔數1 8 U j j = / Δ U j : .d U . 2 = / Δ U ; _ d (18) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝. 如此般’則可決定出根據回饋控制系統5 — 1而來的 各操作量’亦即,被輸出到軋輥壓下裝置1 3之壓下位置 指令偏差(ASpi)與被輸出到軋輥驅動裝置1 6之軋輥 速度指令偏差(ΔνΜ) * 圖10係用於說明根據回饋控制系統5_1之效果的 時序圖。控制參數修正機構4 1每依一定的週期則計測輥 軋機1的狀態,而使回饋控制機構5 2之係數F X,如同 圖(a )所示,在時刻t 2,t 4發生變化。又,由輥軋機 1所計測之板厚偏差△ h,則如同圖(b )所示般地變動 〇 根據被回饋之Ah而來的操作量,以往則成爲乘上回 饋係數Ah之同圖(c)的波形,而在時刻t2, t4,則 成爲階段狀的指令。此時,當控制增益F X大時,則指令 會急劇地變化,而使控制系統陷於不安定》 另一方面,在本發明之回饋系統中,則設有差分機構 本紙張尺度逍用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) 訂 、泉 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印裝 -31 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ___B7 五、發明説明(29) 5 1 — 1 ,由於採用與前次值之差分(Ah ( t ) — Ah (t — 1 ))乘上回饋係數F x而得到之偏差指令值,因 此變化可變小,且由於在積算機構5 3中,係將該偏差指 令值與前次之指令值相加而來決定操作量,因此如同圖( d )所示,操作量不會產生急劇變化。 其次說明前饋控制部5 — 2之構成與動作,前饋控制 方面,除了以下之預測指令控制系統與預測外亂控制系統 外,亦有由兩者之組合所構成的預測控制系統。 首先就預測指令控制系統加以說明。指令產生機構 4 2,由於可藉設定計算,根據DD C控制時點的指令了 解未來之發生指令,因此可以先輸出指令。在此則說明输 出未來第4個階段之指令的情形。 圖8係表示由追蹤機構59—1、差分機構51-2 以及指令前饋控制機構5 7所構成之預測指令控制系統之 詳細內容的功能系統圖。追蹤機構5 9 _ 1則被輸入未來 第3個階段(step)的指令r ( k + 3 )而在相當於控制 系統之取樣週期(控制週期)T的閒置時間Z-1的期間內 加以保持(hold),而針對每一控制週期斷續式地傳送指 令,而輸出 r (k + 2) 、r (k + 1) ,r (k)。最 後輸出之r (k)則當作通常的指令,如上所述般被輸入 到加法器5 4。 各預測指令則在差分機構5 1 — 2 — 1〜5 1_2_ 3中,分別取與前一階段之指令之間的前分。例如,最初 之差分機構5 1 — 2 — 1,則取此次被輸入之r (k + 3 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝. 、-ιτ -32 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(3〇 ) )與所保持之前一階段的r (k + 3) / (=r (k + 2 ))的差分,而輸出預測指令差分值Vr (k+3)。同 樣地,可分別自其他的差分機構5 1 — 2 — 2,1分別輸 出 Vr (k + 2) 、Vr (k + 1)。 各預測指令差分值則在指令前饋控制機構5 7中乘上 (數19)所示之前饋係數FR,且根據(數20)、( 數2 1 )求取壓下位置指令成分之操作量的偏差值△U31 軋輥速度指令成分的偏差值Λυ32。 〔數 1 9 〕 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝.= Δ U f + Δ U? AUjj + AU △ Ui, + AU The graph can be added to 12 5 or △ Method 1, then the roller speed method mechanism becomes 7 series and should be used, and According to the result of the addition result in U 2 real 2 6 the bit operation amount is reduced 5 3 pairs (number 1 in the description from the addition cycle T to apply points to take idle from the result as the operation operation U 2 loses the operation amount 7), the integrator mechanism 5 For the weekly feedback machine, set the time to measure the amount of U from the U to the rolling U (number 1 configuration 5 6 period T output configuration 5 element input and output roller drive, 8) 3 configuration each component is Discrete. The input 12 7 of the integral 2 is output to the depressing device. The input 12 is the input of the integrated module 12 and the output 8 device 1 16 used. Fractal-.. (16) type diagram. With the input value of the integrator △ U α 5, it will be added to the output and added. In this example, 3, and will be rolled and expressed according to the addition, the paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) -30-A7 B7 V. Description of invention ([number 1 7 28 U, CUilf U.2] / dt Ο 1Δυ.ι'-0 / dt J AU., / AUiod t (17 [number 1 8 U jj = / Δ U j: .d U. 2 = / Δ U; _ d (18) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)-Install. In this way, you can determine the operation amount from the feedback control system 5-1, that is, it is output to the roller and pressed The deviation of the reduction position command (ASpi) of the device 13 and the deviation of the roll speed command (ΔνΜ) output to the roll drive device 16 * FIG. 10 is a timing chart for explaining the effect according to the feedback control system 5_1. Control parameter correction The mechanism 4 1 measures the state of the rolling mill 1 every certain period, and the coefficient FX of the feedback control mechanism 5 2 changes as shown in FIG. (A) at time t 2 and t 4. Also, the rolling mill 1 The measured plate thickness deviation △ h changes as shown in figure (b). The operation amount according to the feedback Ah is in the past Multiply the waveform of the same graph (c) by the feedback coefficient Ah, and at time t2, t4, it becomes a phased command. At this time, when the control gain FX is large, the command will change sharply, causing the control system to fall into "Instability" On the other hand, in the feedback system of the present invention, there is a differential mechanism. The paper size is set in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). Printing-31-A7 ___B7 printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of the invention (29) 5 1 — 1, due to the difference from the previous value (Ah (t) — Ah (t — 1)) The deviation command value obtained by multiplying the feedback coefficient F x can be reduced to a small degree, and since the deviation command value is added to the previous command value in the accumulation mechanism 53 to determine the operation amount, it is as As shown in figure (d), the operation amount will not change drastically. Next, the structure and operation of the feedforward control unit 5-2 will be explained. In addition to the following predictive command control system and predictive disorder control system, the feedforward control There are two The predictive control system composed of the combination. First, the predictive command control system will be explained. The command generation mechanism 4 2 can output the command first because it can understand the future command according to the command at the time point of DDC by setting calculations. This explains the output of the command in the fourth stage in the future. Figure 8 shows the function of the detailed content of the predictive command control system composed of the tracking mechanism 59-1, the differential mechanism 51-2, and the command feedforward control mechanism 57 System diagram. The tracking mechanism 5 9 _ 1 is input into the next third step (step) command r (k + 3) and is kept for a period of idle time Z-1 equivalent to the sampling period (control period) T of the control system (Hold), and transmit commands intermittently for each control cycle, and output r (k + 2), r (k + 1), r (k). The last output r (k) is regarded as a normal command and input to the adder 54 as described above. Each prediction command in the differential mechanism 5 1-2-1 ~ 5 1_2_ 3 takes the previous division from the command of the previous stage, respectively. For example, the initial differential mechanism 5 1 — 2 — 1, the r (k + 3) paper size input this time is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the notes on the back first (Fill in this page again) .Install., -Ιτ -32-A7 B7 V. Description of invention (3〇)) and the previous stage r (k + 3) / (= r (k + 2)) difference , And the predicted command difference value Vr (k + 3) is output. Similarly, Vr (k + 2) and Vr (k + 1) can be output from other differential mechanisms 5 1 — 2 — 2, 1 respectively. The difference value of each predicted command is multiplied by the feedforward coefficient FR indicated by (number 19) in the command feedforward control mechanism 57, and the operation amount of the depressed position command component is obtained according to (number 20) and (number 2 1) The deviation value of U31 is the deviation value of the roll speed command component Λυ32. 〔Number 1 9〕 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page).

F 1. R 2, R 1, 2 R2, 2 (IS) -β 〔數 2 0〕F 1. R 2, R 1, 2 R2, 2 (IS) -β [number 2 0]

△ U△ U

[AU △U3··,] τ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 V h Vr R12Vh., fR2lVTi. + (20) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 33 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 A7 B7 五、發明説明(31) 〔數 2 1〕[AU △ U3 ··,] τ Printed by the Employees' Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V h Vr R12Vh., FR2lVTi. + (20) This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 33 -Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Indo-Traditional Chinese A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (31) [Number 2 1]

Au3ii = fR3iiVh|(k+l)+fR211Vhi(k + 2) ' + fRiiiVh.(k + 3)+fR312Vri(k+l) + fR2i2Vri(k + 2)+fR112Vrj(k + 3) 3 卜.·(2 1 ) △ U , 2 == f R 3 2 i V.h , ( k + 1 )+f R 2 2 丄▽ h i ( k + 2 ) * i(*< + 3)+fR322Vri(k + l) + fR222V-ci(k + 2)+ff,122Vri(k + 3)< 更者,則在加法機構5 6中,針對各成分,根據(數 2 2 )與來自回饋控制部5 — 1之AUi,Δϋ2相加。 〔數 2 2〕 △ Ui:= [Δυ",Δυί2] τ = Δυ1.+Δυ2ί+Δυ31. ΔΙΙ^ + Δυ2 +Δυ3 _ = 1 1 ,1 1 1 ---(22) △ υ^ + Δυ^ + Δυ'」 實際之指令則爲(數1 1 )所示之板厚偏差△ h ref 與張力偏差ΔτρΜ,如圖8所示,對於各預測指令備有 追蹤(tracking)機構與差分機構。又,前饋係數Fr, 則如(數2 1 )所示,每次動作點改變時,藉設定計算, 可以使板厚偏差△ h ref與張力偏差△ r ref分別能夠考慮 到3階段以前而被修正。 圖1 1係用於說明本實施例之預測指令控制系統之動 作的時序圖。如同圖(a )所示,現在之張力指令Ar。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I I I I 裳 I —— I 訂 I I I I I π (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁〕 -34 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(32 ) ,則自階段(k)開始,依(k + 1) ,(k + 2)...... 地朝向未來直到變更到τι爲止。又,如同圖(b)所示 ,前饋係數則在(k + 4)中被變更。 此時,根據與以往之差分無關之張力指令與係數卩1? 之積而得來之操作量的速度指令成分,則如同圖(c )所 示,在(k + 4)中會依階段(step)狀地急劇變化,而 預測控制即成爲外亂因素而導致其他的控制系統變得不安 定。 相對於此,本實施例,則是根據由與前一階段之差分 值乘上係數FR所得到的積來決定操作量,而從階段(k )之前3個階段來考慮指令變更情況,因此如同圖(d ) 所示,操作指令的變化會變得和緩,而不會像以往的急劇 變化。又,與只有回饋控制系統5 - 1的情形相比較,藉 採用差分值可以避免響應延遲,而能安定地進行高精度的 控制。 其次則說明預測外亂控制系統。如(數4 )所示,可 以預測的外亂因素則有入側板厚偏差△ Η,軋輥偏心偏差 △ Sr ,而在此則以入側板厚偏差△ Η爲例加以說明* 當爲串聯式輥軋機時,由於後段的機台事先可根據前 台之出側板厚檢出計3-1(當爲第1台之情況時則爲入 側板厚檢出計)而知道母材外亂因素,且將該前台的計測 值加以記憶,而追蹤對應於該值的輥軋材會在第幾個階段 才會到達後段機台之軋輥的正下方,而配合到達時刻,對 母材外亂因素實施預測控制》 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝. -§ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(33 ) 圖9係表由差分機構5 1_3、追蹤機構5 9 - 2以 及預測外亂前饋控制機構5 8所構成之預測外亂控制系統 之詳細內容的系統圖。依取樣週期而被計測之入側板厚( k ),則在第k階段會到達軋輥正下方。同樣地,下一個 H ( k + 1 )則在第k + 1階段到達。 首先,藉差分機構5 1 - 3取所計測之入側板厚Η ( k + 1)與前次H (k)的差分,而將差分值VH (k + 1 )記憶在追蹤機構5 9 _2的記憶體內》同樣地,將前 次之差分值VH(k),前前次之差分值VH(k_l) ......與位在軋輥正下方之輥軋材對應之差分值VH ( 〇 ) 記憶在記憶體內。 追蹤機構59 — 2,則將被記憶在F I F0記憶體內 之差分值VH列保持一相當於控制週期(閒置時間Z-1) 的期間,在每次取樣時則與板速度呈比例地移位,而經過 軋輥正下方的資料即被捨棄。 入側板厚H (k),自被取樣開始,在第k個階段, 會自記憶體輸出入側板厚差分值VH ( k )與VH ( k + 1),而在預測外亂前饋控制機構58中乘上(數23) 所示之前饋係數Fd,且根據(數24),(數25)求 取壓下位置指令成分之操作量的偏差值△U41,軋輥速度 指令成分之偏差值△Udz» 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -9 Γ -36 - S〇l6l〇 A7 B7 五、發明説明(34) 〔數 2 3〕Au3ii = fR3iiVh | (k + l) + fR211Vhi (k + 2) '+ fRiiiVh. (K + 3) + fR312Vri (k + l) + fR2i2Vri (k + 2) + fR112Vrj (k + 3) 3 Bu. (2 1) △ U, 2 == f R 3 2 i Vh, (k + 1) + f R 2 2 丄 ▽ hi (k + 2) * i (* < + 3) + fR322Vri (k + l ) + fR222V-ci (k + 2) + ff, 122Vri (k + 3) < Furthermore, in the addition mechanism 5 6, for each component, according to (number 2 2) and from the feedback control unit 5-1 The AUi, Δϋ2 are added. [Number 2 2] △ Ui: = [Δυ ", Δυί2] τ = Δυ1. + Δυ2ί + Δυ31. ΔΙΙ ^ + Δυ2 + Δυ3 _ = 1 1, 1 1 1 --- (22) △ υ ^ + Δυ ^ + Δυ '”The actual command is the plate thickness deviation △ h ref and the tension deviation ΔτρΜ shown in (number 1 1). As shown in FIG. 8, a tracking mechanism and a differential mechanism are provided for each prediction instruction. Also, the feed-forward coefficient Fr, as shown in (number 2 1), each time the operating point changes, by setting calculations, the plate thickness deviation Δ h ref and the tension deviation Δ r ref can be considered before 3 stages and Was corrected. Fig. 11 is a timing chart for explaining the operation of the predictive command control system of this embodiment. As shown in figure (a), the current tension command Ar. This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) IIII 衣 I —— I order IIIII π (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -34-Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Print A7 B7 V. Description of invention (32), then from the stage (k), according to (k + 1), (k + 2) ... to the future until the change to τι. Again, as As shown in Figure (b), the feed-forward coefficient is changed in (k + 4). At this time, the speed command component of the manipulated variable obtained from the product of the tension command and the coefficient 1? Not related to the conventional difference , As shown in figure (c), in (k + 4), it will change sharply in a step-by-step manner, and predictive control becomes a factor of external disorder, causing other control systems to become unstable. In this embodiment, the operation amount is determined based on the product of the difference value from the previous stage multiplied by the coefficient FR, and the instruction change is considered from the three stages before the stage (k), so as shown in the figure (d ) As shown, the change of the operation instruction will become gentle, not like Compared with the case where only the feedback control system 5-1 is used, by using the difference value, response delay can be avoided, and high-precision control can be performed stably. Next, the predictive external chaos control system will be explained. 4) As shown, the predictable external disturbance factors are the thickness deviation of the inlet side △ Η, the deviation of the roll eccentricity △ Sr, and here the thickness deviation of the inlet side △ Η is used as an example to explain * When it is a tandem roll mill, Since the machine in the rear stage can know the external disturbance factors of the base material in advance based on the outboard thickness detection meter of the front desk 3-1 (in the case of the first machine, it is the inboard thickness detection meter), and the The measured value is memorized, and tracking the rolled material corresponding to this value will reach the position directly below the roll of the post machine in the several stages, and in accordance with the arrival time, the external disturbance factors of the base material will be predicted and controlled. The standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) (please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page). Installed. -§ Printed A7 B7 by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 33) Figure 9 is a system diagram showing the details of the predictive disturbance control system composed of the differential mechanism 5 1_3, the tracking mechanism 5 9-2 and the predictive disturbance control feedforward control mechanism 58. It is measured according to the sampling period The thickness of the inlet side (k) will reach directly under the roll in the kth stage. Similarly, the next H (k + 1) will arrive in the k + 1 stage. First, take the measurement by the differential mechanism 5 1-3 The difference between the thickness of the incoming side plate Η (k + 1) and the previous H (k), and the difference value VH (k + 1) is stored in the memory of the tracking mechanism 5 9 _2. Similarly, the previous difference value VH (k), the previous and last difference value VH (k_l) ...... The difference value VH (〇) corresponding to the rolled material located directly under the roll is stored in the memory. Tracking mechanism 59-2, the difference value VH column stored in the FI F0 memory is maintained for a period equivalent to the control period (idle time Z-1), and is shifted in proportion to the board speed at each sampling , And the data passing directly under the roll is discarded. Incoming side plate thickness H (k), since being sampled, at the kth stage, the input and output side plate thickness difference values VH (k) and VH (k + 1) will be output from the memory, and the feed forward control mechanism will be predicted in the external chaos. Multiply the feed-forward coefficient Fd shown in (number 23) in 58 and obtain the deviation value △ U41 of the operation amount of the depressed position command component and the deviation value △ U41 of the roll speed command component according to (number 24) and (number 25) Udz »This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) ) 〔Number 2 3〕

F d.l, d 2, 〔數 2 4〕 Δυ4,= [AU4ilf Δϋ4ί2] 卜1…VH: 'd2, 1 〔數2 5〕 di. iVH* =f AU4 、2=于 d2. iVH, =f (2 3) 24) 1. iVHj = f ^^VHiik+l)] d22iVHi(k)+f dl21VHi(k+l) , -.(2 5) 更者,則在加法機構5 6中’針對各成分,根據(數 2 6 )而與來自前述回饋控制部或預測指令控制部之輸入 相加。 裝 訂 ^.,i (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製F dl, d 2, [number 2 4] Δυ4, = [AU4ilf Δϋ4ί2] Bu 1… VH: 'd2, 1 [number 2 5] di. IVH * = f AU4, 2 = at d2. IVH, = f ( 2 3) 24) 1. iVHj = f ^^ VHiik + l)] d22iVHi (k) + f dl21VHi (k + l),-. (2 5) If it is more, then in addition mechanism 5 6 'for each component , Based on (number 2 6), it is added to the input from the aforementioned feedback control unit or prediction command control unit. Binding ^., I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by Employee Consumer Cooperative of Central Bureau of Standards

Δ U (26 〔數 2 6〕 Δυ,= [AU^, AUi2] = Δ.υ1.+Δϋ2.+Δυ3ί+Δυ +Δυ'1+Δυ'1+Δυ' Δυιΐ2 + Δυ2|2 + Δυ3Ι2 + Δυ4Ι5 根據本實施例,由於外亂輸入使用差分值,因此即使 前饋係數F d變大時,則操作指令之急劇變化會被抑制。 更者,操作指令則利用2個階段的差分值,例如在第(k 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > A4規格(210X297公釐) -37 - 經濟部中央樣準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 ___B7__ 五、發明説明(35) + 1 )階段預測出母材變動時,則根據前一個k階段,產 生一考慮到k + 1階段之外亂因素的預測外亂指令。 圖1 2係表本實施例之預測外亂控制系統之動作的時 序圖。同圖(a )係表前饋係數F d的值,而在階段k被 修正。同圖(b)係表母材外亂因素,在階段(k + 1 ) 會產生變動。同圖(c )係表由母材外亂因素與係數F d 的積而來的習知的預測外亂操作量,在階段k、k + 1會 因爲係數的變更與外亂而產生急劇變化,因此控制系統的 動作變得不安定。 相對於此,同圖(d )爲本實施例之預測外亂操作量 ,階段k則採用差分值,又,階段k + 1則根據差分值與 考慮2個差分值的計算,可以抑制操作量之急劇變化情形 〇 如此般,本實施例之預測外亂控制,即使是因爲動作 點的變化而導致控制參數變更時,則藉差分值輸入預測外 亂因素,且考慮到多個階段的差分值而產生預測外亂指令 ,因而對於外亂因素可安定地進行控制。 在前述預測外亂控制系統中,雖然只輸入入側板厚Η ,但是在控制以前,亦可使用由檢出裝置3或是觀測裝置 7所取得的資料,例如軋輥偏心量S r 。 又,針對各取樣週期所得到之作爲狀態量的入側板厚 (前台之出側板厚),若利用此而如上所述地實施積極的 預測控制時,則可提高整個控制系統的響應性,且提高精 度。特別是,前述之狀態回饋系統可以克服在進入積算手 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝.Δ U (26 [Number 2 6] Δυ, = [AU ^, AUi2] = Δ.υ1. + Δϋ2. + Δυ3ί + Δυ + Δυ'1 + Δυ'1 + Δυ 'Δυιll2 + Δυ2 | 2 + Δυ3Ι2 + Δυ4Ι5 According to the present embodiment, since the external input uses a differential value, even if the feedforward coefficient F d becomes larger, the sharp change of the operation command will be suppressed. Furthermore, the operation command uses the difference value of two stages, for example, in Section (k This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS > A4 specification (210X297 mm) -37-A7 ___B7__ printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Prototype Bureau of the Ministry of Economy V. Invention description (35) + 1) Stage prediction When the parent material changes, according to the previous k stage, a predictive disturbance command that takes into account the disorder factors outside the k + 1 stage is generated. Figure 12 is a sequence diagram showing the operation of the predicted disturbance control system of this embodiment The same figure (a) shows the value of the feed-forward coefficient F d and is corrected at stage k. The same figure (b) shows the external disturbance factors of the base metal, which will change at the stage (k + 1). The same figure ( c) The table shows the conventional predicted amount of external disturbance operation from the product of the external disturbance factor of the base material and the coefficient F d. Because the change of the coefficient and the disturbance cause a sudden change, the operation of the control system becomes unstable. In contrast, the same figure (d) is the predicted amount of disturbance operation of this embodiment, and the phase k uses the difference value, and , Phase k + 1 is based on the difference value and the calculation of considering the two difference values, which can suppress the sudden change of the operation amount. As such, the predictive external chaos control in this embodiment, even if the control parameter is caused by the change of the operating point When the change is made, the predicted disturbance factor is input by the difference value, and the predicted disturbance command is generated in consideration of the difference value of multiple stages, so the disturbance factor can be controlled stably. In the aforementioned predicted disturbance control system, although Only the input side plate thickness Η is input, but before the control, the data obtained by the detection device 3 or the observation device 7, such as the roll eccentricity S r, can also be used. Inboard thickness (outboard thickness at the front desk), if this is used to implement active predictive control as described above, the responsiveness of the entire control system can be improved High accuracy. In particular, the aforementioned state feedback system can overcome the use of the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) when entering the total paper size (please read the precautions on the back and fill in this page). .

'1T -38 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(36 ) 段時之響應特性的降低情形。而本實施例之控制裝置,藉 兩者之組合,在動作點或指令變更時,則可維持高響應與 高精度而實現安定的輥軋控制。 其次請參照圖面來說明第2個本發明的實施例》 應用本發明之輥軋機控制系統的構成圖則與圖2、圖 3相同。 圖1 4係表前述工作輥1 3與輥軋材1 4的關係。輥 軋材1 4則自圖中之左側移動到右側。而輥軋材1 4之入 側板厚爲Η,出側板厚爲h、工作輥的間隔爲S、加在工 作輥1 0之荷重爲P。在這些量中,用於表示輥軋荷重之 物理關係的則爲(數1 )所示之H i 1 1的近似式。而小字i 則是表示在多段輥軋機系統中之第i台的物理量。此外, (數1 )式中的摩擦捕正項則爲(數2)式。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. 訂 ρ'1T -38-A7 B7 Fifth, the description of the response characteristics at the time of paragraph (36) decreases. In the control device of this embodiment, by combining the two, when the operating point or the command is changed, stable rolling control can be realized while maintaining high response and high precision. Next, please refer to the drawings to explain the second embodiment of the present invention. The configuration diagram of the rolling mill control system to which the present invention is applied is the same as that of FIGS. 2 and 3. FIG. 14 shows the relationship between the aforementioned work roll 13 and the rolled material 14. The rolled material 14 moves from the left to the right in the figure. On the other hand, the thickness of the rolled material 14 on the inlet side is H, the thickness on the outlet side is h, the interval between the work rolls is S, and the load applied to the work roll 10 is P. Among these quantities, the approximate expression of H i 1 1 shown by (number 1) is used to express the physical relationship of the rolling load. The small letter i represents the physical quantity of the i-th stage in the multi-stage rolling mill system. In addition, the positive term of the friction catch in the formula (number 1) is the formula (number 2). (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Pack. Order ρ

R V Ρ D Η 数 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 此 在 D R Η h 修 乳厚厚 修變-Η板板 力肖㈣M2F側側 51張平摩扁入出 板 :: 力 項阻 正化 徑 項直 正輥 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -39 - A7 B7五、發明説明(37 ) 〔數2〕Printed by RV Ρ D Η The Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed here at DR Η h Milk repair thick thick modification-H plate plate force Xiao (M2F side 51 sheets of flat flat entry and exit plate Roll paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -39-A7 B7 V. Description of invention (37) [Number 2]

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 DPi = ai_a2* ri + a3,At . ______;.·(数2> 在此 a i =常數 a 2 :常數 a 3 ·常數 // i :摩擦係數 r i :壓下率 另一方面,應變計式可以次式(數3 )來加以表示。 前述輥軋模型6則以(數1 )〜(數3 )來加以表示。 〔數3〕 ._c ,Ζ-L …(数3) h i - S i + κ _ 在此 Si:壓下位置(軋輥間隙) K :輥軋機彈簧常數 圖1 5係表(數1 )與(數3 )之關係圖’縱軸爲輥 軋荷重、橫軸爲壓下位置以及板厚。(數1)與橫軸的交 點則成爲入側板厚Η,而(數1 )與(數3 )的交點則爲 動作點,而其橫軸的位置則爲出側板厚h,縱軸的位置貝[J 成爲荷重。 如圖1 6所示,當母材之板厚自H0變化到H1時, 則成爲輥軋荷重式與應變計式之交點的動作點即會變化, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS } A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. 訂 -40 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(38) 而板厚自h〇變到hi,荷重自P〇變化到P1。結果, 板厚即脫離目標值h。 在此,則實施讓輥軋機之壓下位置移動,而將板厚設 成一定精度的板厚控制。而此時之指令的變化成分則成爲 △ S,如圖17所示,可控制壓下控制裝置的位置自S1 變成S »結果,應變計式則自虛線的位置平行移動到實線 的位置,而與荷重式的交點,則板厚h 1會移動到板厚h ,荷重P1會移動到荷重P。 如此般,在各種之輥軋條件下,用於求取作爲輥軋荷 重式與應變計式之交點的動作點者則爲設定控制系統4。 而設定計算之具體的方法則可採用求取方程式根的算法, 例如反覆地求取數值解的Newton-Raphson方法。 設定控制系統4會根據輥軋模型6來計算在各狀態下 的動作點,亦即設定值,且將之提供給DD C控制系統5 。另一方面,D D C控制系統5則在動作點四周能夠在線 性近似的範圍內動作以使控制量或狀態量之設定值(動作 點)與該些之計測值的偏差能夠成爲零,而構成所謂的調 整系統》因此,D D C控制系統5的控制模型,則可當作 求取與設定值之偏差的偏差值系統,且依以下之狀態方程 式加以記述。 將數(3 )以偏差值系統表示之應變計式以及將數( 3)在動作點附近進行泰勒展開式而以微小變化成分表示 之輥軋荷重式則由(數4)與(數5)來加以表示。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I— 裝 I I I I I 訂 I ^ π (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -41 - 301616 五、發明説明(39 〔數4 〕 A7 B7DPi = ai_a2 * ri + a3, At. ______; .. (number 2> here ai = constant a 2: constant a 3 · constant // i: friction coefficient ri: pressure On the other hand, the strain gauge formula can be expressed by the sub-formula (number 3). The aforementioned rolling model 6 is expressed by (number 1) to (number 3). [Number 3] ._c, Z-L … (Number 3) hi-S i + κ _ Here Si: the reduction position (roll gap) K: spring constant of the rolling mill Figure 15 The relationship between (number 1) and (number 3) The rolling load and the horizontal axis are the reduction position and the thickness of the plate. The intersection of (number 1) and the horizontal axis becomes the thickness H of the input side, and the intersection of (number 1) and (number 3) is the operating point, and the horizontal The position of the shaft is the thickness of the outgoing side h, and the position of the vertical axis is [J becomes the load. As shown in Figure 16, when the thickness of the base material changes from H0 to H1, it becomes a rolling load type and a strain gauge type The action point at the intersection will change. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS} A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). 装 -40- A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of invention (38) The plate thickness changes from h〇 to hi, and the load changes from P〇 to P1. As a result, the plate thickness deviates from the target value h. Then, the rolling position of the rolling mill is moved, and the plate thickness is set to a certain precision. Thickness control of the command at this time becomes △ S, as shown in FIG. 17, the control of the rolling control device can be controlled. The position changes from S1 to S »As a result, the strain gauge type moves parallel from the dotted line position to the solid line position, and the intersection with the load type, the plate thickness h 1 will move to the plate thickness h, and the load P1 will move to the load P In this way, under various rolling conditions, the operating point that is used as the intersection of the rolling load type and the strain gauge type is the setting control system 4. The specific method of setting calculation can be obtained by The algorithm of the root of the equation, such as the Newton-Raphson method for finding numerical solutions repeatedly. The setting control system 4 calculates the operating point in each state according to the rolling model 6, that is, the set value, and provides it to the DD C Control system 5. On the other hand, DD C control system 5 can operate in a linear approximation around the operating point so that the deviation of the set value (operating point) of the control quantity or state quantity from these measured values can become zero, and constitute a so-called adjustment system. Therefore, the control model of the DDC control system 5 can be regarded as a deviation value system for obtaining the deviation from the set value, and is described according to the following state equation. The strain gauge type represented by the number (3) in the deviation value system and The rolling load formula represented by the (3) Taylor expansion formula near the operating point and represented by slightly changing components is represented by (number 4) and (number 5). The size of this paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) I— Pack IIIII Order I ^ π (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) -41-301616 V. Description of the invention (39 [number 4〕 A7 B7

Ah . = Δ S 但 ΔΡ, △ h △ S Δ Ρ Κ (数4) =第i機台出側板厚 :第i機台壓下位置 :第i機台輥軋荷重 :第i機台輥軋常數 數5 a P ;Ah. = Δ S but ΔΡ, △ h △ S Δ Ρ Κ (number 4) = thickness of the i-th machine exit side: the i-th machine pressing position: the i-th machine rolling load: the i-th machine rolling Constant number 5 a P;

Δ P 8h a ρ ΤΤΤ ΔΗ a ρ χ b Δ r b (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝· + Δ r f (数5) χ 訂 由(數4)與(數5)導出(數6) 〔數6 〕 d Ρ Κ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 π丨、 ,a ρ δ s κ, \ a η ΔΗ: d ρ Δ r f ; (数6) 當分別以1次延遲系統來近似致動器之壓下裝置13 以及軋輥驅動裝置16之響應情形時,則成爲(數7)( 數8 )。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X 297公釐) -42 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(4〇 〔數7〕 d Δ S : 1Δ P 8h a ρ ΤΤΤ ΔΗ a ρ χ b Δ rb (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)-Install · + Δ rf (number 5) χ order is derived from (number 4) and (number 5) ( (Number 6) [Number 6] d Ρ Κ Printed by the Employees ’Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economics, ρ, δ s κ, \ a η ΔΗ: d ρ Δ rf; (Number 6) When delayed by 1 time respectively When the system approximates the response of the actuator reduction device 13 and the roll drive device 16, it becomes (number 7) (number 8). This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297mm) -42-A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (4〇 [Number 7] d Δ S: 1

(AS (数7)(AS (number 7)

Pi △ SPi:第i機台壓下指令 〔數8 d Δν〇 d (Δνρ1-Δν. (数8) △ VPi:第i機台軋輥速度指令 △ VRi:第i機台軋輥速度 輥軋機之後方張力則以(數9 )來表示’而當由質量 流動(mass flow)式來求取其微小變化成分時’則成爲 (數 1 0 )。 --------叫裝------訂------ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製Pi △ SPi: the i-th machine pressing instruction [number 8 d Δν〇d (Δνρ1-Δν. (Number 8) △ VPi: the i-th machine roll speed instruction △ VRi: the i-th machine roll speed behind the rolling machine Tension is represented by (number 9) 'and when its small change component is determined by the mass flow formula' it becomes (number 10). -------- Calling --- --- Subscribe ------ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

〔數9〕 d Δ r b ; E dl ~~L (△ν“_Δν〇卜j .·(数9) 〔數1 HiV, Δ V. 1 H {hiAV^+AhiV^-AHiV.·} (数 1 〇) 又,(數1 1 )表示出側板速度以及其微小變化成分 而(數12)表示入側板速度之微小變化成分。 本紙張尺度適用中關家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(21(5X297公羡) -43 - A7 B7 五、發明説明( 〔數 1 1 〕 41〔Number 9〕 d Δ rb; E dl ~~ L (△ ν “_Δν〇 卜 j. · (Number 9) 〔number 1 HiV, Δ V. 1 H {hiAV ^ + AhiV ^ -AHiV. ·} (Number 1 〇) In addition, (number 1 1) shows the side plate speed and its small change component and (number 12) shows the small change component of the side plate speed. This paper scale is applicable to Zhongguanjia kneading (CNS) A4 standard (21 ( 5X297 Gong Xian) -43-A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (〔number 1 1〕 41

Voi=(l + f ,.)VRi Δ ν〇 , =( 1 + f . )Δ ν〇 , +VD : Δ f ;Voi = (l + f,.) VRi Δ ν〇, = (1 + f.) Δ ν〇, + VD: Δ f;

Tr-{hjAV〇|+Ahi V〇|} (数 1 1) 〔數 1 2〕 Η·, (1 + f ^Δν,γ+h, VRiAf ; + (l + f ,)VRiAh · (数1 2〉 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝_ 將(數11)與(數12)代入到(數9),而導出 (數 1 3 )。 訂 〔數 1 3 〕Tr- {hjAV〇 | + Ahi V〇 |} (number 1 1) [number 1 2] Η ·, (1 + f ^ Δν, γ + h, VRiAf; + (l + f,) VRiAh · (number 1 2〉 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)-Install _ Substitute (number 11) and (number 12) into (number 9) and export (number 1 3). Order [number 1 3]

d Δ r b . E h ;(l + f ;…: l + f 丨)Vrd Δ r b. E h; (l + f;…: l + f 丨) Vr

Δ V R iΔ V R i

h : Vh: V

R H : Δ f ,泉 Δ h 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製R H: Δ f, spring Δ h Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

E -(1 + f , (数 1 3) 而對先進率式進行泰勒展開之微小變化式則表示在 數 1 4 )。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -44 - 301616 Β7 五、發明説明(42 ) 〔數 1 4〕E-(1 + f, (number 1 3) and the small change of Taylor expansion of the advanced rate is expressed in number 1 4). This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -44-301616 Β7 V. Description of invention (42) [Number 1 4]

將(數1 4 )代入到(數1 3 )可以得到(數1 5 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 〔數 1 5〕Substitute (number 1 4) into (number 1 3) to get (number 1 5) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) [number 1 5]

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 E. h.VR, / a f, ^ l,h, 、T7T7尸r f 丨 …(数15> 在此,整理(數1 6 )所示之資料可以得到(數1 7 〔數 1 6〕 Δτ 千 | = + ι …(数 1 6 > 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐〉 -45 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(43 ) 〔數 1 7〕The E. h.VR, / af, ^ l, h, and T7T7 body rf are printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. (Number 15> Here, the data shown in (Number 16) can be compiled ( Number 1 7 [Number 1 6] Δτ Thousand | = + ι… (Number 1 6 > This paper scale is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) Α4 specifications (210Χ297mm> -45-A7 B7 Fifth, invention description (43 ) [Number 1 7]

…(数1 7) 若將(數1 1 )代入到(數1 7 )時,則成爲(數 18)。 --------^1裝------訂------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -46 - 五、發明説明(44 ) 〔數 1 8 〕 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製… (Number 1 7) If (number 1 1) is substituted into (number 1 7), it becomes (number 18). -------- ^ 1 installed ------ ordered ------ ^ (please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Printed this paper by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -46-V. Description of invention (44) [Number 1 8] A7 B7 Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

8 1 数 /1\ 裝 訂 ^''^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 47 五、發明説明(45 A7 B7 當整數該些公式,而以行列式來表示時,則成爲(數 1 9 )之狀態方程式。 〔數 1 9 〕 d _ AS ;" a _ · 1 〇 a 1· 1 u 0 "Δ S . ~ 1 0 a ie ^ u a 2. 2 0 AVRh Δ r b j -i. 1 Δ r .. 3 3, 1 f 3, 2 d 3, 3 b i b;:i 0 + 0 _ 0 0 Δ S Δ V_ (数1 S) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 以(數20)與(表1 )所示之記號來表示(數1 9 )之各項的行列與變數向量,當依控制週期將之離散化時 ,則可得到(數2 1 )之狀態方程式。該(數2 1 )則表 示DD C 5之控制模型,而藉求取在動作點之行列要素進 行線性近似。 〔數 2 0〕 d 在此 泉 d X = A x + B u y = C x 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -48 - 五、發明説明(46 x=[AS AVR Arb]' U = [Δ S ρ △Vp]7 ra i. i a 1· 1 0 0 Α = 0 0 a '· 1 3· 1 a i . i 3f 38 1 number / 1 \ binding ^ '' ^ (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297mm) 47 V. Invention description (45 A7 B7 When these formulas of integers are expressed by determinants, it becomes the equation of state of (number 1 9). [Number 1 9] d _ AS; " a _ · 1 〇a 1 · 1 u 0 " Δ S. ~ 1 0 a ie ^ ua 2. 2 0 AVRh Δ rbj -i. 1 Δ r .. 3 3, 1 f 3, 2 d 3, 3 bib ;: i 0 + 0 _ 0 0 Δ S Δ V_ (number 1 S) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (number 20) and (table 1) to indicate (number 1 9) The ranks and variable vectors of each item, when discretized according to the control period, can obtain the state equation of (number 2 1). The (number 2 1) represents the control model of DD C 5 and is obtained by Perform linear approximation on the elements of the action point. [Number 2 0] d here d X = A x + B uy = C x This paper scale is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 Mm) -48-V. Description of the invention (46 x = [AS AVR Arb] 'U = [Δ S ρ △ Vp] 7 ra i. Ia 1 · 1 0 0 Α = 0 0 a' · 1 3 · 1 ai. i 3f 3

B b;: i 0 0 b2: 0 0B b ;: i 0 0 b2: 0 0

ο ο •I 1 .'•^o C J— C A7 B7 (致2 ◦ 裝 訂 ^·Λ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -49 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(47 ) 表 1ο ο • I 1. '• ^ o CJ— C A7 B7 (To 2 ◦ Binding ^ · Λ (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative Paper Standards Applicable China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297mm) -49-A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (47) Table 1

裝 訂 ^ π (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 但是|丁3:為壓下装置的延遲時間_ τυ:速度控制輔i入装置之延遲時間 E :楊氏係數L :機台之間距 K :彈性ί系S5 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) -50 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(48 ) 〔數 2 1〕 X (k + 1) =A0x(k) +B0u(k) y = C〇x(k) ···(数2 1)Binding ^ π (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs D3: Delay time for pressing the device_ τυ: Delay time for the speed control auxiliary input device E: Young's coefficient L: Distance between machines K: Flexible S5 This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specifications (210X 297mm) -50-A7 B7 V. Description of invention (48) [Number 2 1) X (k + 1) = A0x (k) + B0u (k) y = C〇x (k) (Number 2 1)

在此 CATT 1 A〇= e * k CATrs- 1 ] B〇= e B CATT - 1] Dn= θ s D 圖1 8係表由最佳伺服系統所構成之D D c控制系統 5的功能方塊圖。來自檢出裝置3或是觀測裝置7的狀態 量X則被輸入到加法機構2 0 ’而求取相對於來自設定控 制系統4之狀態量之設定值Xs (動作點)的偏差值ΔΧ 。本例之狀態量爲壓下裝置S、軋輥速度乂!* 、後方張力 τ b 0 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 狀態童之偏差值△ X則被输入到比例控制機構2 1 , 而乘上回饋係數(比例增益)f X ’而產生與壓下位置成 分(ASp)、速度成分(△Vrp)之各狀態量的控制指 令(操作量)△ U。 同樣地,作爲本例之控制量的出側板厚h與後方張力 r b ,則在加法機構2 2中求取相對於設定值Ys (目檫 值)的偏差值e (誤差),且在積分機構2 3乘上回饋係 數(比例增益)f e而予以積分,而成爲與壓下位置成分 (S p’)與速度成分(V )之各控制量對應的控制指 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -51 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(49 ) 令U e 〇 指令產生機構2 4,則針對各壓下位置成分與速度成 分將對應於狀態量之控制指令Δυ、對應於控制量之控制 指令以及來自設定控制系統4之設定值113相加,而 產生輸出到壓下裝置13與軋輥驅動裝置16之操作指令 U。 在此,控制參數之回饋係數f X或f e ,當考慮(數 1 9 )之擴大行列而解一般周知之利卡其方程式時,則求 取(數22)之回饋行列fx、fe。而根據設定控制系 統4來計算控制參數的內容則詳載於例如土谷武士所著的 「現代制御理論」中。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. 訂Here CATT 1 A〇 = e * k CATrs- 1] B〇 = e B CATT-1] Dn = θ s D Figure 1 8 is a functional block diagram of the DD c control system 5 composed of the best servo system . The state quantity X from the detection device 3 or the observation device 7 is input to the adding mechanism 20 'to obtain the deviation value ΔX from the set value Xs (operation point) of the state quantity from the setting control system 4. In this example, the state quantity is the reduction device S and the roll speed! *, Rear tension τ b 0 Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) The deviation value of the status child △ X is input to the proportional control agency 2 1 and multiplied by The feedback coefficient (proportional gain) f X ′ generates a control command (operation amount) △ U with each state quantity of the depressed position component (ASp) and speed component (△ Vrp). Similarly, the thickness h of the output side and the rear tension rb as the control variables in this example, the deviation value e (error) relative to the set value Ys (mesh value) is obtained in the addition mechanism 22, and in the integration mechanism 2 3 is multiplied by the feedback coefficient (proportional gain) fe to be integrated, and becomes the control corresponding to each control quantity of the depression position component (S p ′) and the speed component (V). This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese national standard falcon ( CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -51-A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (49) Let U e 〇 command generation mechanism 24, then for each depression position component and speed component will correspond to the control command Δυ of the state quantity 3. The control command corresponding to the control amount and the set value 113 from the setting control system 4 are added to generate an operation command U output to the reduction device 13 and the roll drive device 16. Here, the feedback coefficients f X or f e of the control parameters, when considering the extended ranks of (number 1 9) and solving the well-known Likaqi equation, then the feedback ranks fx and fe of (number 22) are obtained. The content of calculating the control parameters according to the setting control system 4 is detailed in, for example, "Modern Control Theory" by Samurai Tani. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Pack. Order

^•21 ^«22 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 由於前述之輥軋荷重式(數1 )或是藉線性化機構而 逼近動作點之周圍的狀態方程式(數2 1 )係近似式,因 此在輥軋中,摩擦係數(# )或變形阻力(k )等之設定 值則與實際狀態不同》因此無法獲得所希望的控制性能, 而有必要對應於輥軋狀態進行適應修正。 圖1 3係表第2個本發明之一實施例之控制模型適應 修正裝置1 0的功能方塊圖。修正裝置1 0係由可根據狀 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS > A4規格(210X297公釐) -52 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(50 ) 態量X或是控制量y之實績值而線上(on-line)地修正 控制模型的適應修正手段2 8以及評估輥軋狀態,而在必 要時可起動適應修正手段的起動手段2 9所構成。 首先就適應修正手段2 8加以說明、輥軋參數計算機 構3 3,則根據由檢出裝置3所輸入之狀態量X、控制量 y等、經由設定控制系統4而參照的輥軋模型3 5,而藉 逆設定計算來求取較難求得的輥軋參數。該輥軋參數則包 括:輥軋荷重之適應修正係數Z p i ,壓下位置之零點補 正ASQi、油膜厚度Cpi、配分率比ai,先進率比fdi 〇 該些輥軋參數的計算則利用輥軋模型之輥軋荷重式( 數1 ),而根據最小自乘近似之回歸法而求得。以下則以 適應修正係數Z p爲例,來說明輥軋參數的計算方法。 適應修正係數Z p則是一用於吸收實際之輥軋荷重P 與由輥軋模型所求得之預測輥軋荷重P >的誤差的係數, 而該誤差則是導因於模型無法定量地予以表現的現象。預 測輥軋荷重Ρ >,則是將板厚、板寬等之實測值代入到( 數1)、(數2)計算所得到的值,而與此時由輥軋荷重 檢出計所得之實際荷重Ρ之間則成立(數2 3 )的關係。 〔數 2 3〕 Ρ = Ζ ρ · Ρ " ···(數 23) 適應修正係數Ζ ρ,則如(表2 )所示’可求取η個 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 裝 訂 ^旅 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -53 - 3016 接 A7 B7 五、發明説明(51 ) P,Zp的資料來滿足評估函數(數24)。(數24) 的最小解,由於對於變數2 P實施1次微分’可藉由該1 次微分式所得到之(數2 5 )來求取z P ° 表 2 j 1 2 3 η — 1 n Ρ· (j ) ΡΓ P2, P3, Pn-: 1 P n P( j ) Pi P2 p3 IPn-, P n Zp 2 p 1 Z P2 2p 3 p n — 1 2p7 —---- 〔數 2 4〕 η Σ (z p j — Ζ ρ )2 =最小化· j = 1 〔數 2 5〕 (数 24) Ζρ= Σ^ • 21 ^ «22 Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints the equation of state (number 2 1) which is approximated by the aforementioned rolling load formula (number 1) or the operating point approached by the linearization mechanism is an approximate formula Therefore, during rolling, the setting values of friction coefficient (#) or deformation resistance (k) are different from the actual state. Therefore, the desired control performance cannot be obtained, and it is necessary to adapt to the rolling state to adapt to the correction. Fig. 13 is a functional block diagram of the second embodiment of the control model adaptive correction device 10 of the present invention. The correction device 10 is made by the Chinese National Standard (CNS> A4 specification (210X297 mm) according to the paper size of the certificate. -52-A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (50) The actual correction value of the state quantity X or the control quantity y is used to modify the adaptive correction means 2 8 of the control model online and to evaluate the rolling state, and the activation correction means 2 9 which can start the adaptive correction means when necessary First, the adaptive correction means 28 will be explained, and the rolling parameter calculation mechanism 3 3 will then refer to the rolling model 3 referred to via the setting control system 4 based on the state quantity X, control quantity y, etc. input by the detection device 3. 5. The inverse setting calculation is used to obtain the more difficult rolling parameters. The rolling parameters include: the adaptive correction coefficient Z pi of the rolling load, the zero correction of the depression position ASQi, the oil film thickness Cpi, the distribution ratio Ratio ai, advanced rate ratio fdi 〇 The calculation of these rolling parameters is based on the rolling load formula of the rolling model (number 1), which is obtained by the regression method of the least self-multiplied approximation. The following is adapted to the correction factor Z p as an example, come The calculation method of the rolling parameters is explained. The adaptive correction coefficient Z p is a coefficient for absorbing the error between the actual rolling load P and the predicted rolling load P > obtained from the rolling model, and the error is It is a phenomenon caused by the model that cannot be expressed quantitatively. The predicted rolling load P > is obtained by substituting the actual measured values of plate thickness, plate width, etc. into (Number 1) and (Number 2), However, the relationship with the actual load P obtained from the rolling load detection at this time is (number 2 3). [Number 2 3] Ρ = ζ ρ · Ρ " ··· (number 23) adaptive correction The coefficient ζ ρ, as shown in (Table 2) 'can be obtained η the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specifications (210X297 mm) binding ^ travel (please read the notes on the back before filling this page ) -53-3016 Connected to A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (51) The data of P and Zp satisfy the evaluation function (number 24). The minimum solution of (number 24), since the first derivative of the variable 2 P can be implemented by Obtain the (number 2 5) obtained by the first-order differential equation to find z P ° Table 2 j 1 2 3 η — 1 n Ρ · (j) ΡΓ P2, P3, Pn-: 1 P n P (j) Pi P2 p3 IPn-, P n Zp 2 p 1 Z P2 2p 3 pn — 1 2p7 —---- [number 2 4] η Σ (zpj — Z ρ) 2 = minimized · j = 1 [number 2 5] (number 24) Zρ = Σ

Zp j η (数2 5) ---------^------ir------(泉 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 如此所求得的輥軋參數則被輸出到設定控制系統4, 以供以後的設定計算來使用。 另一方面,線性化機構3 4,當輸入有來自輥軋參數 計算機構3 3的輥軋參數時,則參照輥軋模型而實施(數 4 )〜(數2 1 )的演算,且求取作爲控制模型之狀態方 程式(數2 1 )的行列要素。控制參數計算機構3 6,則 就該狀態方程式的行列來解周知的利卡其方程式而求取控 制參數f X,f e而更新DDC控制系統5的比例機構 21或是積分機構23的係數。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -54 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(52 ) 其次則就起動手段2 9加以說明。圖1 9係表事態檢 出機構3 1的功能方塊圖。而自檢出裝置輸入有配合狀態 量以及控制量之擴大狀態量向量(壓下位置S、軋輥速度 v r ,後方張力rb 、出側板厚h)。又,自設定控制系 統4輸入與擴大狀態量向量呈對應之基準值向量(ss, vRS,Tbs,hs),而在差分機構301中,如(數 2 6 )般地求取每個要素的偏差。 〔數 2 6〕 Δ Z = Z - Z. s =[AS, Δ vR, Δ r b, Ah] , = [S-Sjf v R - v RS,XT τ b h-h3] …(致26) 擴大偏差狀態向量ΔΖ則被輸入到濾波機構3 0 2, 而將重叠在向量之雜訊成分加以除去。該除去動作則可藉 求取ΔΖ之移動平均等之周知的平均處理來達成。 異常檢出機構3 0 3,求取擴大偏差狀態向置ΔΖ的 評估值,當此超過一定值(容許值)時,則輸出事態( event)信號。而評估值則計算由(數2 4 )所示之所有 狀態量與控制量之擴大狀態偏差的自乘平均誤差ε。誤差 e可就一部分之狀態量或控制量來求得,對於動作複雜的 輥軋現象,則本實施例可以正確地反映出狀態》 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Zp j η (number 2 5) --------- ^ ------ ir ------ (Quan (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards The rolling parameters obtained by the Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative printed in this way are output to the setting control system 4 for use in subsequent setting calculations. On the other hand, the linearization mechanism 3 4, when input from the rolling parameter calculation In the rolling parameters of mechanism 33, the calculation of (number 4) to (number 2 1) is performed with reference to the rolling model, and the rank elements of the state equation (number 2 1) as the control model are obtained. Control parameter calculation Institution 36, solve the well-known Likaqi equation in terms of the state equations to obtain the control parameters f X, fe and update the coefficients of the proportional mechanism 21 or the integral mechanism 23 of the DDC control system 5. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -54-A7 B7 printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Invention description (52) Next, the starting means 2 9 will be explained. Figure 1 9 shows the state of affairs The functional block diagram of the detection mechanism 31. The self-detection device input is equipped with The expanded state quantity vector of the state quantity and the control quantity (reduction position S, roll speed vr, rear tension rb, exit side plate thickness h). Furthermore, the reference value vector corresponding to the expanded state quantity vector is input from the setting control system 4 ( ss, vRS, Tbs, hs), and in the differential mechanism 301, the deviation of each element is calculated as (number 2 6). [number 2 6] Δ Z = Z-Z. s = [AS, Δ vR, Δ rb, Ah], = [S-Sjf v R-v RS, XT τ b h-h3]… (result 26) The expanded deviation state vector ΔZ is input to the filtering mechanism 3 0 2 and will overlap The noise component of the vector is removed. This removal operation can be achieved by obtaining a well-known average process such as moving average of ΔZ. The abnormality detection mechanism 3 0 3 obtains the evaluation value of ΔZ for the expanded deviation state, when When this exceeds a certain value (permissible value), an event signal is output, and the evaluation value calculates the self-multiplied average error ε of the expanded state deviation of all state quantities and control quantities shown by (number 2 4). e can be obtained from a part of the state quantity or control quantity. For the rolling phenomenon with complicated motion, then Embodiments may accurately reflect the state of the "scale of this paper applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) (Please read the back of the precautions to fill out this page)

、T -55 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7五、發明説明(53 ) 〔數 2 7〕 e=/〇TC (AS2 + AvR2 + Arb2 + Ah2) …(数27) 在此、C :定數 起動機構3 1,當接受到來自事態檢出機構3 0的事 態信號時,則起動適應修正手段,而修正DD C控制系統 5的控制參數。此外,起動機構3 1,在起動適應修正手 段2 8之前,會起動設定控制系統4,而設定控制系統4 可對應於輥軋狀態來修正其目標值。 圖2 0係表本實施例之輥軋控制系統的動作。 同圖(a)係表辊軋速度v、同圖(b) 、(c)係 表相對於板厚h之基準值h s的變動情形。當輥軋速度降 低時,則(數1 )之輥軋荷重P會變大,以往則板厚會如 同圖(b)所示般地變厚。 本資施例,則如同圖(c )所示,板厚h會增加,而 當2次方平均誤差ε (斜線部①的面積),在②的時刻超 過容許值時,則會輸出事態信號,且使控制模型適應修正 裝置1 0起動。同圖(d)係表藉來自設定控制系統4之 壓下位置的基準值(目標值),而對應於②之動作點而計 算者。同圖(e )係表回餹係數f xy,對應於②之動作 點而被最佳化。如同圖(c )所示,可抑制相對於基準值 h s的板厚偏差。 根據此,在需要修正控制模型時,由於可以正確地力口 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁), T-55-A7 B7 printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of invention (53) [number 2 7] e = / 〇TC (AS2 + AvR2 + Arb2 + Ah2)… (number 27) here , C: Fixed number starting mechanism 31, when receiving the incident signal from the incident detection mechanism 30, the adaptive correction means is activated, and the control parameters of the DDC control system 5 are revised. In addition, the starting mechanism 31 starts the setting control system 4 before starting the adaptive correction means 28, and the setting control system 4 can correct its target value according to the rolling state. Fig. 20 shows the operation of the rolling control system of this embodiment. The same graph (a) shows the rolling speed v, and the same graphs (b) and (c) show the variation of the reference value h s with respect to the plate thickness h. When the rolling speed is reduced, the rolling load P of (number 1) becomes larger, and the plate thickness becomes thicker as shown in the figure (b) in the past. In this example, as shown in figure (c), the plate thickness h will increase, and when the second power average error ε (the area of the diagonal line ①) exceeds the allowable value at the time of ②, an event signal will be output , And adapt the control model to the correction device 10 to start. The same figure (d) is calculated based on the reference value (target value) of the depression position from the setting control system 4 and corresponding to the operating point of ②. The same figure (e) represents the return coefficient f xy, which is optimized corresponding to the operating point of ②. As shown in figure (c), the deviation of the plate thickness relative to the reference value h s can be suppressed. According to this, when you need to modify the control model, you can correctly force it (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

T 装· 訂 泉 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(54 ) 以特定,因此可藉參數修正而提高精度。又,可以避免不 必要之模型變更處理與因爲此導致控制系統受到擾亂的情 形。 但是,輥軋機之運轉狀態乃包括:板速度爲最高速度 而幾乎爲一定之穩定運轉狀態'板速度之加速狀態或是減 速狀態或是通過母材板厚發生變動之熔接點等之非穗定運 轉狀態,而在非穩定時,則可事先知道輥軋狀態發生大幅 變動。計時機構3 2,則監視來自檢出裝置3之板速度或 是熔接點,而在非穩定運轉狀態持續時,則依一定的週期 來起動適應修正手段2 8。 例如,在取樣週期T,一定加速度α的加速狀態下, 板速度每增加α Τ,則計時機構3 2會輸出觸發信號,而 經由起動機構3 1來起動輥軋參數修正機構3 3。 根據此,在輥軋狀態大幅變動之非穩定運轉狀態下, 參數有必要再計算,而不管是否檢出前述事態,乃優先依 一定的週期進行簡單的起動判定。 其次請參照圖面來詳細說明第3個本發明之實施例。 應用本發明之輥軋控制系統之概略的構成圖則與圖2 相同。該控制系統係一可藉線上方式來變更D D C控制器 5之控制增益的最佳控制系統。 設定控制系統4則具有可根據輥軋模型6,而演算配 合輥軋程序之各台的目標值或輥軋條件,與來自檢出裝置 3之輥軋狀態對應的動作點或是影響係數的設定值演算手 段 4 - 1 » 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝. 、-=* -耒 -57 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(55 ) 輥軋模型則表示在(數31)〜(數33)。 r-H 3 數 k _ Λ • bII ρThe size of T-loaded and ordered spring paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard Falcon (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm). The A7 B7 is printed by the Consumer Labor Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. The invention description (54) is specific, so parameters can be borrowed Correct and improve accuracy. In addition, it is possible to avoid unnecessary model change processing and disturbance of the control system due to this. However, the operating state of the rolling mill includes: the plate speed is the highest speed and is almost a certain stable operating state. The running state, and when it is not stable, it can be known in advance that the rolling state has changed significantly. The timing mechanism 32 monitors the board speed or welding point from the detection device 3, and when the unstable operation state continues, the adaptive correction means 28 is activated at a certain period. For example, in the acceleration state of the sampling period T and a certain acceleration α, each time the plate speed increases by α T, the timing mechanism 32 will output a trigger signal, and the rolling parameter correction mechanism 33 will be activated via the activation mechanism 31. According to this, it is necessary to recalculate the parameters in the unstable operation state in which the rolling state fluctuates greatly, regardless of whether the aforementioned state is detected or not, it is preferable to make a simple start judgment at a certain cycle. Next, please refer to the drawings to explain in detail the third embodiment of the present invention. The schematic configuration diagram of the rolling control system to which the present invention is applied is the same as FIG. 2. The control system is an optimal control system that can change the control gain of the DC controller 5 by online means. The setting control system 4 has settings that can calculate the target value or rolling conditions of each station in accordance with the rolling program according to the rolling model 6, and set the operating point or influence factor corresponding to the rolling state from the detection device 3 Value calculation method 4-1 »This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) -install.,-= *-耒 -57-A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (55) The rolling model is shown in (number 31) to (number 33). r-H 3 number k _ Λ • bII ρ

ρ D Η h 此 在 Λ kρ D Η h here in Λ k

ρ D R Η h 修 亂 厚厚 修變評Μ板板二 Τ 二一板"kh : : Λ a 力 項阻 正形 徑 項直 正輥 ---------^裝-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 2 3 數ρ DR Η h Comment on thick and thick repairs Μ plate plate two T two plate " kh:: Λ a force item resists straight shape diameter item straight roller --------- ^ install-- (please (Read the notes on the back before filling in this page) 2 3

D a 2 a a α*D a 2 a a α *

R h 泉 B 此 在 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 2 a 3 a Γ 數 係率 數數數擦下 常常常摩壓 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -58 - A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(56 ) 〔數 3 3〕 P; η i = S , Η 在此 S :壓下位置 K :軋輥彈簧常數 表示輥軋荷重之物理關係的(數3 1 )則是一Hill近 似式,而其摩擦補正項則由(數2)來表示》(數31) 之輥軋荷重曲線與(數3)之應變計式之交點即成爲動作 點。 設定控制系統4,則是在各種之輥軋條件下,根據牛 頓法來計算由該荷重式與應變計式所得到之動作點。 D D C控制器5,則演算由設定控制系統4所設定之 目標值或是動作點的設定值與來自檢出裝置3之實測值的 偏差,而算出可以使該偏差成爲零的控制指令。致動器8 則根據該控制指令而令輥軋機1動作》 圖2 1係表第3個本發明之一實施例,係一用於控制 由多台所構成之輥軋機之輥軋控制裝置的模式構成圖。在 各輥軋台則設有作爲檢出裝置之板厚檢出計3 - 1 、張力 檢出計3 — 2、軋輥同速檢出計3 — 3、壓下位置檢出計 3 — 4、壓下荷重檢出計3 — 5、板速度檢出計3 — 6等 。而來自該些檢出計之出側板厚hi 、後方張力rbi壓 下位置Si,軋輥速度、壓下荷重Pi則被輸入到設 定控制系統4,且對應於該輥軋狀態來變更動作點或是影 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) • 裝. --° 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -59 - 301616 A7R h 泉 B This is printed in the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 2 a 3 a Γ number system rate counts are often rubbed. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm ) -58-A7 B7 Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of the invention (56) [Number 3 3] P; η i = S, Η where S: the depressed position K: the roll spring constant indicates the roll The physical relationship of rolling load (number 3 1) is a Hill approximation, and the friction correction term is represented by (number 2)》 (number 31) rolling load curve and (number 3) strain gauge type The intersection point becomes the action point. The control system 4 is set up to calculate the operating point obtained by the load type and strain gauge type according to the Newton method under various rolling conditions. The DC controller 5 calculates the deviation between the target value or the set value of the operating point set by the setting control system 4 and the actual measured value from the detection device 3, and calculates a control command that can make the deviation zero. The actuator 8 operates the rolling mill 1 according to the control command. FIG. 21 is a third embodiment of the present invention, and is a mode of a rolling control device for controlling a rolling mill composed of multiple units. Composition diagram. Each roll rolling station is equipped with a plate thickness detection meter 3-1 as a detection device, a tension detection meter 3-2, a roll same speed detection meter 3-3, a reduction position detection meter 3-4, Depression load detection meter 3-5, plate speed detection meter 3-5, etc. The thickness of the output side hi and the rear tension rbi from the detection gauges reduce the position Si, and the roll speed and reduction load Pi are input to the setting control system 4, and the operation point or the operation point is changed according to the rolling state. Shadow (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) • Pack.-° This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -59-301616 A7

五、發明説明(57 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 響係數等之設定值。 根據板厚檢出計3 - 1而來的輥軋材的出側板厚h與 根據張力檢出計3 - 2而來的後方張力τ b則被輸入到回 饋控制部5—1。控制部5—1則求取該些輸入值與來自 設定控制系統4之板厚目標值h s,r b s的偏差,而將 各偏差乘上控制增益而加以積分,且輸出控制指令。該控 制指令係由壓下指令成分與速度指令成分所構成。 被設定在回饋控制部5 -1之控制增益(設定值), 則是由控制模型所計算》亦即,當針對將(數1 )在動作 點附近進行泰勒展開式之微小變化成分的輥軋荷重式與將 (數31)以偏差值系統加以記述之應變計式來求取狀態 量X與操作量U以及控制量Y的關係式而以一般式來表示 時’則可得到作爲控制模型之(數4 )的狀態方程式。 〔數 3 4〕 -^-Χ^Α,Χ.+Β.υ, Υ 丨=C i X i 在此 A i,B i,C i :系統行列要素 x 1 = ( Δ S i A V R i _! Δ r b i ) T U t = CAS p t Δ V p i_i ] T Y i = C Δ h t Δ r b i ) T i :機台順位 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) — (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝. 訂 耒 -60 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 A7 _B7 五、發明説明(58) 依控制週期將狀態方程式(數3 4 )離散化,而針對 每個動作點求取行列要素,可以算出回饋控制系統5 - 1 之控制增益F。該計算方法,可根據離散的狀態方程式來 解利卡其方程式,而其詳細內容揭露於自動學會編之「自 動制御八 > 卜' 文V夕第1部(1 5 4頁)」,故省略其說 明。 非干擾控制部5 - 2則輸入根據控制部5 — 1而來之 板厚偏差而來的控制指令或是根據張力偏差而來的控制指 令,而使各偏差乘上非干擾控制增益,且輸出壓下指令成 分或速度指令成分時的干擾控制指令。 控制輸出部5 — 3,則針對各成分將回饋控制部5-1的控制指令與來自干擾控制部5 - 2的非干擾控制指令 相加,而速度指令Vp被輸出到作爲前機台(i 一 1 )之 速度控制裝置的軋輥驅動裝置8,而壓下指令Sp則被輸 出到作用自身機站(i )之壓下位置控制裝置的壓上裝置 9。 圖21 ,雖然係表在前機台(i_l)設有軋輥驅動 裝置8,而在本身機台i設有壓下裝置9的情形,但是, 實際上每個台均配置有軋輥驅動裝置與壓下裝置。前述速 度指令Vp可被輸出到本身機台(i)的軋輥驅動裝置。 又,所要控制的張力亦可爲前方張力τ f ( τ bi = r f (i - 1 ))。 圖21之本實施例之特徵的構成部分乃備有:可決定 同時被控制之板厚與張力之優先順序與伴隨此所執行之非 ϋ張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公釐) 一 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. 訂 一 "" -61 A7 B7五、發明説明(59 ) 干擾控制之決定動作的優先控制決定部5 - 4以及將由設 定控制系統4所設定之(通常爲盤管變更時)控制增益設 可控 成擾 正干 修非 而及 數以 係 1 整一 調 5 。 之部 5 4 制 - I 控 5 5 饋部 部回算 制在演 控定益 先設增 優之制 自將控 來且之 據 , 2 根制 I , 控 5 值先部 定優制 2 而制 -。 控 5 圖由 部式經 制模算 控的演 擾統述 干系前 非生據 與產根 1 令, - 指 1 5 度 | 部速 1 制示 I 控表 5 饋只部 回一算 表是演 係,出 2 容输 2 內制 圖細控 詳度 之速 益 增 數制 C控 如的 5 乘 - 相 5 .1 部 h 算 △ 演差 益偏 增厚 3 5V. Description of Invention (57) The setting value of the printing coefficient of the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The outgoing plate thickness h of the rolled material based on the plate thickness detection meter 3-1 and the rear tension τ b based on the tension detection meter 3-2 are input to the feedback control unit 5-1. The control unit 5-1 obtains the deviations between these input values and the target thickness values h s and r b s from the setting control system 4, multiplies each deviation by the control gain to integrate, and outputs a control command. The control command is composed of a pressing command component and a speed command component. The control gain (set value) set in the feedback control unit 5 -1 is calculated by the control model. That is, when the (number 1) is subjected to the rolling of a small change component of Taylor expansion near the operating point When the load formula and the strain gauge formula (Number 31) described by the deviation value system are used to obtain the relationship between the state quantity X, the operation quantity U, and the control quantity Y and expressed in the general formula, the control model (Number 4) equation of state. [Number 3 4]-^-Χ ^ Α, Χ. + Β.υ, Υ 丨 = C i X i where A i, B i, C i: system rank elements x 1 = (Δ S i AVR i _ ! Δ rbi) TU t = CAS pt Δ V p i_i] TY i = C Δ ht Δ rbi) T i: The paper order of the machine is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) — (please Read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page). Pack. Order Lei-60-Printed and printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 _B7 V. Description of invention (58) Discrete the state equation (number 3 4) according to the control cycle To find the row and column elements for each operating point, the control gain F of the feedback control system 5-1 can be calculated. This calculation method can solve the Likaqi equation according to the discrete state equation, and its detailed content is disclosed in the "Automatic Control of the Eighth" by the Automatic Society, "Bu 'Wen V Xi Part 1 (page 154)", so it is omitted. Its description. The non-interference control unit 5-2 inputs the control command based on the thickness deviation from the control unit 5-1 or the control command based on the tension deviation, so that each deviation is multiplied by the non-interference control gain, and the output Interference control command when the command component or speed command component is pressed. The control output unit 5-3 adds the control command of the feedback control unit 5-1 and the non-interference control command from the interference control unit 5-2 for each component, and the speed command Vp is output to the front machine (i 1. The roller drive device 8 of the speed control device, and the pressing command Sp is output to the pressing device 9 acting as the pressing position control device of the own station (i). 21, although the table is provided with a roll drive device 8 on the front machine (i_l) and a reduction device 9 on the own machine i, in fact, each table is equipped with a roll drive device and a press下 装置。 Lower device. The aforementioned speed command Vp can be output to the roll driving device of its own machine (i). In addition, the tension to be controlled may also be the front tension τ f (τ bi = r f (i-1)). The characteristic components of this embodiment of FIG. 21 are prepared: the priority order of the thickness and tension that can be controlled at the same time and the non-zhang scales that accompany this implementation are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨0X297mm) One (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Pack. Order one " " -61 A7 B7 V. Invention description (59) Interference control decision action priority control decision part 5-4 And the control gain set by the setting control system 4 (usually when the coil is changed) can be controlled so that the number of disturbances and corrections is adjusted by 1 to 5. Part 5 4 system-I control 5 5 The feedback system of the feed department is based on the control system, and the control system is based on the control system. 2 system I, control 5 value control system 2 system-. Figure 5 is a summary of disturbances controlled by the model through the calculation of the model. Before the relationship, the non-production data and the root cause are 1 order,-refers to 15 degrees | part speed 1 system I control table 5 feed only part of the calculation table is In the performance system, 2 tolerances and 2 losses are included in the drawing, and the details of the detailed control are increased rapidly. The C control is such as 5 multiply-phase 5. 1 part h calculation.

F 板} 與 6 於 3 用數定 C 設如 來及 地以 般i 示 V 所 hF board} and 6 in 3 use the number to set C and set it as usual and so i shows V as h

益 增。 制況 控情 的軋 乘熱 相示 .1 表 r 者 △ 後 差, 偏況 力情 張軋 與冷 於示 用表 出者 算前 演。 地 i 般 V 示 r 所 F 3 數 h V △Gains. The rolling multiplication and heat control of the control condition show that. 1 Table r shows the △ back difference, and the biased force is rolled and cold. The ground is as general as V shows the number of F 3 h r △

V h F 令 指 度 連 的 制 控 厚 .1板 h 於 △ 用 --------叫裝-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) '泉 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 6 3 數 V Δ rV h F commands the control thickness of Dulian. 1 board h is used in △ -------- calling-- (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the employee consumer cooperative 6 3 number V Δ r

V T F CJ 令 指 度 •ITVI 連 的 制 控 力 .1 張 7 於 △ 用 制 係 控部, 擾算般 干演述 非出後 厚輸如 板制, 有控 3 具擾 1 則干 I 1 非 2 - 力 - 2 張 5 I 、 路 5 1 電 部 1 遲 制-延 控 2 及 擾 I 以 干 5 2 非部 1 度算 I 速演 2 出一 輸 5 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -62 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A 7 B7 五、發明説明(60 ) 一用在軋輥驅動裝置8之響應速度快時所構成之非干擾控 制系統。 演算部5-2 — 1 1係在冷軋中,當回饋控制系統 5 - 1執行張力優先控制之期間,會設定控制增益 Fdhvi ,而產生(數37)之板厚非干擾控制输出( △Vdhi)。演算部5-2—12係在熱軋中,當執行 板厚優先控制時,會設定控制增益F d tr v i ,而產生( 數3 8)之張力非干擾控制輸出(AVd r i ) » 〔數 3 7 ) AVdhi=Fdhvi *ASri 在此 ASri:根據張力偏差之壓下指令 〔數 3 8〕 AVdri=Fdrvi *AShi 在此 ASh i :根據板厚偏差之壓下指令 該非干擾控制輸出AVcihi或是ΛνίΙΐΓί ,在經 由閒置時間電路5 — 2 — 1 3而延遲一閒置時間Tdv i 後’則與被輸出到軋輥驅動裝置而來自回饋控制系統 5 - 1之控制指令相減。閒置時間T d v i則是根據軋輥 驅動裝置8與壓下裝置9響應時間常數以及閒置時間而算 出’而配合一與發生干擾之相對呈對應之非干擾控制時間 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)VTF CJ command index • ITVI company's control and control force. 1 piece of 7 in △ using the system control department, disturbing calculations like non-outgoing and heavy losses like board control, controlled 3 with disturbance 1 then dry I 1 non 2-Force-2 sheets 5 I, Road 5 1 Ministry of Electricity 1 Delay-Delay Control 2 and Disturbance I Interference 5 2 Non-Ministry 1 Degree Calculation I Quick Show 2 One Lose 5 This paper scale is subject to China National Standards (CNS ) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -62-A 7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention (60) A non-interference control system used when the response speed of the roll drive 8 is fast . The calculation unit 5-2-1 1 is in cold rolling. When the feedback control system 5-1 executes the tension priority control, the control gain Fdhvi is set, and the (thickness 37) thickness non-interference control output (△ Vdhi ). The calculation unit 5-2-12 is in hot rolling, when the plate thickness priority control is executed, the control gain F d tr vi is set, and the tension non-interference control output (AVd ri) is generated (number 3 8) »[number 3 7) AVdhi = Fdhvi * ASri where ASri: the pressing command according to the tension deviation [number 3 8] AVdri = Fdrvi * AShi where ASh i: the command to press the non-interference control according to the plate thickness deviation The non-interference control output AVcihi or ΛνίΙΙΓΓί After delaying an idle time Tdv i by the idle time circuit 5-2-1 ', it is subtracted from the control command output to the roll drive device from the feedback control system 5-1. The idle time T dvi is calculated based on the response time constant and idle time of the roller drive device 8 and the reduction device 9 and is matched with a non-interference control time corresponding to the occurrence of interference. This paper standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

T 、-° -63 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ______B7 五、發明説明(61) 圖2 3係一只表示回饋控制部5 — 1與非干擾控制部 5 — 2之壓下指令產生系統的模式圖。在壓下位置控制输 出演算部5 — 1 — 2則設定有如(數3 9 )所示用於與板 厚偏差Ah i之相乘的控制增益Fh s i與如(數40) 所示用於張力偏差Ar i相乘的控制增益Fr s i 。前者 表熱乳,後者表冷車匕。 〔數 3 9〕 AShi = $Fhsi *Ahi …(用於板厚控制之壓下指令) 〔數 4 0〕 ASri = $Frsi*Ari …(用於張力控制之壓下指令) 壓下非干擾控制部5 - 2 - 2具有板厚非干擾控制輸 出演算部5 - 2 - 2 1與張力非干擾控制輸出演算部 5 — 2 - 22以及閒置時間電路5 — 2 — 23。如後所述 ,係一用在壓下裝置9之響應速度快時的非干擾控制系統 〇 演算部5 — 2 — 2 1爲熱軋,在回饋控制系統5 — 1 執行張力優先控制時,會設定控制增益F d h s i ,而產 生(數41)之板厚非干擾控制輸出(ASclhi)。演 算部5 - 2 — 2 2爲冷軋,在執行板厚優先控制時,會設 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •装· 、νβ 泉 -64 - A 7 B7 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明( 62 ) 1 1 有 控 制 增 益 F d r S i 而 產 生 ( 數 4 2 ) 之 張 力 非 干 擾 1 1 控 制 輸 出 ( S d τ i ) 〇 1 1 〆、 請 1 先 1 C 數 4 1 ] 閱 讀 1 1 Δ S d h i — F d h S i • Δ V X i 面 1 注 I 意 事 1 項 I C 數 4 2 ] 再 填 Δ S d r i — F d τ S i • Δ V h 寫 本 装 頁 1 1 該 非 干 擾 控 制 士7V 輸 出 則 經 由 閒 置 時 間 電 路 5 — 2 — 1 1 I 2 3 而 延 遲 一 閒 置 時 間 τ d S i 0 1 1 訂 前 述 非 干 擾 控 制 部 之 各 構 成 則 可 藉 由 後 述 之 優 先 控 1 制 部 5 — 4 所 輸 出 之 調 整 係 數 藉 將 非 干 擾 控 制 增 益 設 成 1 1 有 效 ( 係 數 1 ) 或 4〇t 撕 效 ( 係 數 0 ) 加 以 切 換 〇 1 1 圖 2 4 係 表 優 先 控 制 部 5 一 4 iTPrt 興 控 制 增 益 部 5 一 5 之 泉 1 | 構 成 的 功 能 方 塊 圓 〇 優 先 控 制 部 5 — 4 係 由 板 厚 張 力 優 先 控 制 部 5 — 4 — 1 與 非 干 擾 優 先 控 制 部 5 — 4 — 2 所 構 1 1 成 〇 1 1 首 先 說 明 板 厚 、 張 力 優 先 控 制 部 5 — 4 — 1 0 容 許 值 1 1 設 定 手 段 2 1 則 白 設 定 控 制 系 統 4 參 照 事 先 針 對 各 台 所 設 1 I 定 之 後 方 張 力 設 定 值 τ b r e f i 依 階 段 式 加 以 分 類 的 表 1 I 5 來 設 定 容 許 值 0 在 分 類 表 中 則 記 憶 有 各 級 之 後 方 張 力 設 1 1 I 定 值 τ b r e f i 的 上 下 限 值 與 相 對 於 該 級 數 之 實 測 值 1 1 r b i 的 容 許 值 ( 張 力 範 圍 ) 士 X b D i j 〇 此 外 » 容 許 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) A4規格(2丨OX 297公釐) -65 - A7 _______B7五、發明说明(63 ) 值可爲0--TbDi j的範圍。 表 5 mn 下限 上限 / 容許值 1 0 T b L i 1 —^ τ b 0 i 1 2 Γ b L i 1 T b L i 2 —^ τ b 0 i 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 _ 1 1 1 1 1 1 j τ b L i j - 1 r b L i j + Δ ΤΓ 一以 i b 0 1 J 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 η τ b L i η- 1 T b L i n ± Δ r . n . b 0 i n , (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝· 、ν-β 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 此外,爲了要容易把握住特性,亦可取代用於與容許 值比較的張力偏差Δτ i ,而改採張力設定值比( i=Zw i/Zwbre f i) 張力偏差值輸出手段22則取設定值2:b r e f i與 來自張力計3 - 2之後方張力之實測值r b i的差分,而 輸出經濾波除去雜訊成分的張力偏差Δτ i 。優先控制判 定手段2 3,則判斷偏差Δτ i是否位在容許值(張力範 圍)±rbD i j的範圍內,若是在範圍內則輸出板厚優 先信號,若是在範圍外,則輸出張力優先信號。 控制調整係數演算手段2 4,爲了要執行板厚或是張 力之優先控制,用於變更回饋控制部5 — 1之各控制增益 的調整係數G則依下被決定,且被輸出到控制增益演算部 $紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(〇灿)厶4规格(210父297公釐)~' -66 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(64 ) 5 — 5。 調整係數G係由對應於圖2 2、圖2 3所示之各控制 增益,且針對容許值之範圍內(板厚優先)與範圍外(張 力優先)而設定之8個係數所構成。亦即,用於調整控制 增益Fhv i的Gvh i 1 ,2、用於調整Frv i的T 、-° -63-A7 ______B7 printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of the invention (61) Figure 2 3 shows the depression of the feedback control unit 5-1 and the non-interference control unit 5-2 The pattern diagram of the command generation system. At the depressed position control output calculation unit 5-1-2, the control gain Fh si for multiplying the plate thickness deviation Ah i as shown in (number 3 9) and the tension as shown in (number 40) are set The control gain Fr si multiplied by the deviation Ar i. The former expresses hot milk, the latter expresses cold car daggers. 〔Number 3 9〕 AShi = $ Fhsi * Ahi… (for pressing command for thickness control) 〔Number 4 0〕 ASri = $ Frsi * Ari… (for pressing command for tension control) Non-interference control for pressing The section 5-2-2 has a plate thickness non-interference control output calculation section 5-2-2 1, a tension non-interference control output calculation section 5-2-22 and an idle time circuit 5-2-23. As will be described later, it is a non-interference control system used when the response speed of the pressing device 9 is fast. The calculation unit 5-2-2 1 is hot rolling. When the feedback control system 5-1 performs tension priority control, it will The control gain F dhsi is set, and the (thickness 41) plate thickness non-interference control output (ASclhi) is generated. The calculation department 5-2-2 2 is cold rolling. When performing the thickness control, the paper size will be set to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) • Installed, νβ Quan-64-A 7 B7 Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Prototype Bureau of the Ministry of Economy V. Invention description (62) 1 1 The tension (number 4 2) produced by the control gain F dr S i Non-interference 1 1 Control output (S d τ i) 〇1 1 〆, please 1 first 1 C number 4 1] Read 1 1 Δ S dhi — F dh S i • Δ VX i Surface 1 Note I Note 1 Item 1 IC Number 4 2] Then fill in Δ S dri — F d τ S i • Δ V h Script booklet 1 1 The non-interference controller 7V output is Intermediate circuit 5-2-1 1 I 2 3 and delay an idle time τ d S i 0 1 1 The various components of the aforementioned non-interference control unit can be adjusted by the output of the priority control unit 5-4 described later The coefficient is switched by setting the non-interference control gain to 1 1 effective (coefficient 1) or 4〇t tearing effect (coefficient 0). 1 1 Figure 2 4 Series priority control unit 5-4 iTPrt Xing control gain unit 5-5 Izumi 1 | A functional block circle. The priority control unit 5-4 is composed of the plate thickness tension priority control unit 5-4-1 and the non-interference priority control unit 5-4-2. Thickness and tension priority control unit 5 — 4 — 1 0 Allowable value 1 1 Setting means 2 1 White setting control system 4 Refer to the preset tension setting value τ brefi for each station after setting in advance for each station. Table 1 I 5 of the class to set the allowable value 0 In the classification table, the back tension of each level is stored 1 1 I The upper and lower limits of the fixed value τ brefi and the actual measured value relative to the series 1 1 The allowable value of rbi (Tension range) ± X b D ij 〇 In addition »Allowed 1 1 The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard Falcon (CNS) A4 specifications (2 丨 OX 297 mm) -65-A7 _______B7 V. Description of invention (63) It is in the range of 0--TbDi j. Table 5 mn lower limit upper limit / allowable value 1 0 T b L i 1 — ^ τ b 0 i 1 2 Γ b L i 1 T b L i 2 — ^ τ b 0 i 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 _ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 j τ b L ij-1 rb L ij + Δ ΓΓ-ib 0 1 J 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 η τ b L i η- 1 T b L in ± Δ r. N. B 0 in, (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)-installed ·, ν-β Printed by the Consumer Labor Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs It is easy to grasp the characteristics, and it can replace the tension deviation Δτ i used for comparison with the allowable value, and instead adopt the tension setting value ratio (i = Zw i / Zwbre fi). The tension deviation value output means 22 takes the setting value 2: brefi and The difference of the measured value rbi of the subsequent tension from the tensiometer 3-2 and the tension deviation Δτ i filtered to remove the noise component is output. The priority control determination means 23 determines whether the deviation Δτ i is within the range of the allowable value (tension range) ± rbD i j. If it is within the range, the plate thickness priority signal is output, and if it is outside the range, the tension priority signal is output. The control adjustment coefficient calculation means 24. In order to perform priority control of the thickness or tension, the adjustment coefficient G for changing the control gain of the feedback control unit 5-1 is determined as follows and is output to the control gain calculation The $ paper scale of the Ministry is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (〇Can) 4 specifications (210 father 297 mm) ~ '-66-A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of invention (64) 5-5. The adjustment coefficient G is composed of 8 coefficients corresponding to the control gains shown in Fig. 2 and Fig. 2 3, and set for the allowable value within the range (thickness priority) and outside the range (tensile priority). That is, Gvh i 1 used to adjust the control gain Fhv i 1 and 2, used to adjust Frv i

Gvr i 1 ,2,用於調整 Fhs i 的 Gshi 1 ,2, 用於調整Fr s i的Gs r i 1,2。各係數所附設之數 字,其中,1表範圍內,2表範圍外。該些調整係數則依 (數43)之關係來決定。 〔數 4 3〕 G s τ i 1 < G s r i 2……壓下控制輸出之張力調 整係數關係Gvr i 1, 2, Gshi 1, 2 for adjusting Fhs i, Gs r i 1, 2, for adjusting Fr s i. The numbers attached to each coefficient, of which, are within the range of 1 table and outside the range of 2 tables. These adjustment coefficients are determined according to the relationship of (number 43). [Number 4 3] G s τ i 1 < G s r i 2 …… The relationship between the tension adjustment coefficient of the control output

Gvril<Gvri2……速度控制输出之張力調 整係數關係Gvril < Gvri2 …… Relationship of tension adjustment coefficient of speed control output

Gshi2<Gshil……壓下控制輸出之板厚調 整係數關係Gshi2 < Gshil …… Relationship between the plate thickness adjustment coefficient of the control output

Gvhi2<Gvhil……速度控制输出之板厚調 整係數關係 亦即,壓下控制輸出之張力增益(Fr s i )關係以 及速度控制輸出之張力增益(Frv i )的關係,位於範 圍外者乃相對於範圍內者爲大。而壓下控制輸出之板厚增 益(F h s i )關係以及速度控制输出之板厚增益( 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 29"7公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 装· -* 、泉 -67 - A 7 B7 五、發明説明(65 ) F h v i )關係,位於範圍外者則相對於範圍內者爲小。 藉此,在範圍內時執行板厚優先控制,在範圍外時則執行 張力優先控制。亦即,冷軋時與熱軋時之各調整係數則成 爲表6的關係。 表 6 .冷钆 熟钆 ·ύ G vr i 1, 2 = 0 G V h i 1. 2 = 0 G»hl 1. 2 = 0 G · τ i 1. 2 = 〇 (板厚優先) (板厚優先) G v h i i> G a τ 丨 t (張力優先) (張力便先) > (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、-* 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 又,所謂各板厚調整係數與板厚偏差Ah i ,則依( 數44)之函數關係被設定。 〔數 4 4〕 Gshi 1, 2 = f s (Δ hi ) Gvhi 1, 2 = fv (Δ hi) 或 Gshi 1,2 = f s (%△ hi ) Gvhi 1, 2 = fv (%Δ hi ) 但是、△his/^hi/hrefi (href:設定值) 亦即,範圍內的板厚調整係數G s h i 1 , 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS > A4規格(210X297公釐) -68 - A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明( 66 ,) 1 1 G V h i 1 ♦ 則 對 rrfar 應 於 板 厚 偏 差 增 加 其 值 而 提 高 板 厚 控 1 1 制 的 增 益 〇 又 位 在 範 圍 外 時 亦 可 相 同 〇 1 I 圖 2 5 係 表 用 於 -W- 刖 述 板 厚 張 力 優 先 控 制 之 處 理 順 序 請 1 1 1 的 流 程 圖 〇 首 先 » 設 定 與 所 設 定 之 張 力 設 定 值 先 閲 讀 1 1 I r b r e f i 呈 對 應 的 張 力 容 許 值 土 X b D i j ( 背 1 1 1 I S 1 0 1 ) > 而 求 取 所 實 例 之 後 方 張 力 τ b i 的 偏 差 值 注 意 事 1 1 Δ X b i (S ] L 0 2 ) 0 其 次 則 判 mxi 斷 偏 差 值 Δ τ b i 是 否 項 再 I 填 -s| λ I 位 在 所 設 定 之 容 許 值 士 τ b D i j 的 範 圍 內 (S ] L ( )3 ) 0 寫 本 頁 當 位 在 範 圍 內 時 則 決 定 調 整 係 數 G 以 使 板 厚 控 制 優 1 I 先 ( S 1 0 4 ) 0 將 該 調 整 係 數 G 乘 上 控 制 增 益 設 定 值 而 1 I I 求 取 線 上 ( on -1 i η e ) 的控制增益 (s ] L ( )6 ) < *例如 1 1 訂 1 用 於 板 厚 控 制 之 控 制 增 益 ( F h V i ) 則 如 成 爲 較 張 力 控 制 之 控 制 增 益 ( F τ S i ) 爲 大 的 值 般 地 決 定 調 整 係 數 1 1 G 0 1 1 另 —. 方 面 當 偏 差 值 Δ r b i 位 在 容 許 值 Μ ••κ ,泉 土 r b D i J 的 範 圍 外 時 則 如 讓 張 力 控 制 優 先 般 地 ( 1 I F τ S i > F h V i ) 決 定 細 調 整 係 數 ( S 1 0 5 ) 0 1 1 其 次 則 說 明 非 干 擾 優 先 控 制 部 5 — 4 — 2 0 非 干 擾 1 1 控 制 裝 置 決 定 手 段 2 4 則 將 軋 輥 驅 動 裝 置 8 與 壓 下 裝 置 1 1 9 之 響 應 時 間 常 數 T V 1 與 T S i 加 以 比 較 而 選 擇 時 間 1 I 常 數 小 ( 響 應 速 度 快 ) 的 裝 置 且 輸 出 該 非 干 擾 調 整 係 數 1 I 名 〇 又 * 根 據 軋 輥 驅 動 裝 置 8 之 響 應 時 間 常 數 Τ V i 、 閒 1 I 置 時 間 T d 1 i 興 壓 下 裝 置 9 之 響 應 時 間 常 數 Τ S i 、 閒 1 1 I 置 時 間 T d 2 i 藉 ( 數 4 5 ) 來 算 出 可 使 非 干 擾 控 制 之 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -69 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(67 ) 時間配合干擾相位之閒置時間Td i 。此外,由於裝置之 響應時間或閒置時間係在系統設計或是變更時所決定,因 此來自手段2 4之輸出可以事先決定》 〔數 4 5〕Gvhi2 < Gvhil ... The relationship between the thickness adjustment coefficient of the speed control output, that is, the relationship between the tension gain (Fr si) of the control output and the relationship between the tension gain (Frv i) of the speed control output The one within the scope is larger. The relationship between the thickness gain of the control output (F hsi) and the thickness gain of the speed control output (this paper standard applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 29 " 7mm) (please read the notes on the back Please fill in this page for details) Pretend--*, Izumi -67-A 7 B7 V. Description of invention (65) F hvi) The relationship between those outside the scope is smaller than those within the scope. With this, the plate thickness priority control is executed when it is within the range, and the tension priority control is executed when it is out of the range. That is, the adjustment coefficients during cold rolling and hot rolling have the relationship shown in Table 6. Table 6. Cold gadolinium cooked gadolinium · Gvr i 1, 2 = 0 GV hi 1. 2 = 0 G »hl 1. 2 = 0 G · τ i 1. 2 = 〇 (plate thickness priority) (plate thickness priority) ) G vhi i > G a τ 丨 t (tension priority) (tension first) > (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page),-* Printed by the Employees Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Each plate thickness adjustment factor and plate thickness deviation Ah i are set according to the function relationship of (number 44). [Number 4 4] Gshi 1, 2 = fs (Δ hi) Gvhi 1, 2 = fv (Δ hi) or Gshi 1, 2 = fs (% △ hi) Gvhi 1, 2 = fv (% Δ hi) However, △ his / ^ hi / hrefi (href: setting value) That is, the plate thickness adjustment factor G shi 1 within the range, this paper scale is applicable to the Chinese national standard falcon (CNS > A4 specification (210X297 mm) -68-A7 B7 Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of invention (66,) 1 1 GV hi 1 ♦ In response to the increase in the thickness deviation of rrfar, the gain of the thickness control 1 1 system is improved. It can be the same when it is out of range. ○ I I Figure 2 5 is used for -W- to describe the processing order of priority control of plate thickness tension. Please refer to the flow chart of 1 1 1. First »Set and set the tension setting value. Read 1 first 1 I rbrefi presents the corresponding allowable value of tension ± X b D ij (back 1 1 1 IS 1 0 1) > while obtaining the deviation value of the rear tension τ bi after taking the example 1 1 Δ X bi (S] L 0 2) 0 Secondly, judge whether mxi breaks the deviation value Δ τ bi or not, then fill in -s | λ I bit within the range of the set allowable value τ b D ij (S) L () 3) 0 When this page is written, the adjustment coefficient G is decided to make the thickness control better 1 I first (S 1 0 4) 0 Multiply the adjustment coefficient G by the control gain setting value and 1 II Take the control gain (s) L () 6) on the line (on -1 i η e) < * For example 1 1 order 1 The control gain (F h V i) used for plate thickness control will become the one for more tension control The control gain (F τ S i) generally determines the adjustment coefficient as a large value. 1 1 G 0 1 1 In addition—. When the deviation Δ rbi is outside the allowable value M •• κ, the spring soil rb D i J is outside the range When the tension control is given priority (1 IF τ S i > F h V i), the fine adjustment coefficient (S 1 0 5) 0 1 1 is determined Next, the non-interference priority control unit 5-4-2 0 non-interference 1 1 control device decision means 2 4 is selected by comparing the response time constants TV 1 and TS i of the roll drive device 8 and the reduction device 1 1 9 A device with a small time constant I I (fast response speed) and outputting the non-interference adjustment coefficient 1 I name. Also * According to the response time constant T V i of the roller drive device 8, idle time I I set time T d 1 i 9 response time constant T S i, idle 1 1 I set time T d 2 i Borrow (number 4 5) to calculate the non-interference control 1 1 This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 %) -69-A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (67) The time matches the idle time Td i of the interference phase. In addition, since the response time or idle time of the device is determined by the system design or change, the output from the means 2 4 can be determined in advance "[Number 4 5]

Tdi = F ( Tvi,Tsi ) + Tdli— Td2i 非干擾調整係數則包括分別用於調整圖2 2之板厚非 干擾控制增益F d h v i 、張力非干擾控制增益 Fdrvi的Gdl ,Gd2以及分別用於調整張力非干 擾控制增益Fdr s i的Gd3,Gd4。自非干擾控制 裝置決定手段2 4所輸出之調整係數名,則根據(數4 6 )之關係被決定。 〔數 4 6〕Tdi = F (Tvi, Tsi) + Tdli— Td2i non-interference adjustment coefficients include Gdl, Gd2, Gd2 and Gd2 used to adjust the thickness non-interference control gain Fdhvi and tension non-interference control gain Fdrvi of FIG. 22 and respectively. Gd3, Gd4 of tension non-interference control gain Fdr si. The name of the adjustment coefficient output from the non-interference control device decision means 24 is determined based on the relationship of (number 4 6). [Number 4 6]

TviCTsi— Gdl ,Gd2 Tvi<Tsi— Gd3,Gd4 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 通常,由於Tvi>Tsi ,且壓下裝置9的響應速 度快,因此可以選擇用於調整可演算至壓下裝置之非干擾 控制輸出的板厚非干搜控制增益F d h s i以及用於調整 張力干擾控制增益Fdr s i的Gd3、Gd4。 將干擾調整係數決定手段2 5,則對應於來自手段 2 4之非干擾調整係數名與來自優先控制判定手段2 3之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -70 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(68 ) 板厚控制優先信號或是張力控制優先信號,而如(數4 7 )所示般地決定各非干擾調整係數,且將之輸出到控制增 益演算部5 — 5。 〔數 4 7〕 <板厚制御優先時>TviCTsi—Gdl, Gd2 Tvi < Tsi—Gd3, Gd4 Printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) Usually, due to Tvi > Tsi, and the response of the depression device 9 The speed is fast, so you can choose Gd3 and Gd4 for adjusting the plate thickness non-interference control gain F dhsi that can be calculated to the non-interference control output of the pressing device and for adjusting the tension interference control gain Fdr si. The interference adjustment coefficient decision means 2 5 corresponds to the name of the non-interference adjustment coefficient from the means 2 4 and the original paper standard from the priority control determination means 2 3 to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm)- 70-A7 B7 printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention (68) Thickness control priority signal or tension control priority signal, and each non-interference adjustment coefficient is determined as shown in (number 4 7) And output it to the control gain calculation unit 5-5. [Number 4 7] < When the plate thickness is controlled first>

Gdl = 0.0,Gd3 = 0.0 Gd2 = l . 0 (Tvi<Ts i),Gdl = 0.0, Gd3 = 0.0 Gd2 = l. 0 (Tvi < Ts i),

Gd4 = l . 0 (Tvi>Ts i) <張力制御優先時>Gd4 = l. 0 (Tvi > Ts i) < When tension control is preferred >

Gd2 = 0 . 0,Gd4 = 0 . Ο Gdl = l.〇(Tvi<Tsi),Gd2 = 0.0, Gd4 = 0. Ο Gdl = 1.0 (Tvi < Tsi),

Gd3 = l.〇(Tvi>Tsi) 亦即,響應快的壓下裝置9執行非干擾控制的例子, 由於是冷軋時的張力非干擾控制,因此G d 1〜G d 3全 部是成爲0 . 0,而當只有Gd4時,則在板厚優先控制 時爲1 · 0,張力優先控制時則成爲0 . 0。 如此般,非干擾優先控制部5- 4 — 2,則藉響應速 度快的致動器,如實施非干擾控制般地決定用於與非干擾 控制增益相乘的調整係數。 其次說明控制增益演算手段5 - 5的功能。控制增益 演算手段3 0,則由設定控制系統4來設定回饋控制部 本紙張尺度適用中國國家樣準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) .~ -71 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印袈 五、發明説明(69 ) 5 — 1之控制增益的設定值(Fr e f i 1 ,2)。該控 制增益設定值,如上所述,係藉周知的利卡其方程式來求 取(數4 )所示的狀態方程式。而令該些控制增益設定值 乘上來自調整係數演算手段2 3的調整係數,而圖2 2、 圖2 3所示之各控制增益,則根據(數4 8 )而求得。 〔數 4 8〕 F h v i = F h v ref i 1. 2 . G v h i 1, 2 F r v i = F r v ref i 1, 2 · G v r i 1. 2 F h s i = F h s ref i 1. 2 · G s h i 1. 2 F r s i = F r s ref i 1. 2 · G s r i 1, 2 在(數4 8 )之各係數所附上的數字,其中1係表板 厚優先控制’ 2係表張力優先控制。若根據表6所示之調 整係數的關係,在冷軋時* F rv i ,Fhs i爲零,在 板厚控制優先時,則Fhv i >Fr s i ,在張力控制優 先時,則Fhvi<Frsi 。此外,在冷軋時成爲零, 而在熱軋時所使用之控制增益或是其控制系統,在決定系 統的時候亦可自設計對象加以除去。 非干擾控制增益演算手段31,則由設定控制系統4 來設定非干擾控制部5 — 2之非干擾控制增益的設定值( F d r e f i )。其中一例,則是將在冷軋時之壓下裝置 之響應快時的張力非干擾控制增益表示(數49)。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝. 、-口 泉 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -72 - A 7 B7 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明( 70 ) 1 I C 數 4 9 1 1 | F d C S ref i = (K i - -3 P I / 3 h i ) /K i * 1 1 I 在 此 、 d P i / 3 h I :影 響係 數 K i : 軋 輥 彈 簧 常 數 1 1 先 1 閱 I 讀 1 1 C 數 5 0 ] 背 面 1 | 之 1 F d h v i = F d h v ref i • G d 1 注 意 本 1 I F d r v i = F d r v ref i • G d 2 項 再 1 F d h s i = F d h s ref i • G d 3 填 寫 本 -^1 F. d τ s i = F d r s ref i • G d 4 頁 1 1 圖 2 6 係表 前述 所 述之 干擾 控制 增 益 決 定 之 順 序 的 流 1 1 程 VBTt 圖 0 亦 即 ,在 冷軋 時 ,當 壓下 裝置 9 之 響 atg 應 速 度 快 時 ( 1 1 S 2 0 1 ) ,則 在板 厚 優先 控制 時( S 2 0 2 ) 則 訂 1 G d 4 = 1 .0 (s 2 0 4 ), 因此 9 可 以 設 定 非 干 擾 控 1 1 制 增 益 F d τ s i = F d τ s re f i (S 2 ( )6 ) 而張 1 I 力 非 干 擾 控 制則 是藉 張 力裝 置9 來實 施 〇 另 方 面 當 張 .泉 力 控 制 優 先 時, 則成 爲 F d τ S i = 0 而 不 進 行 非 干 擾 1 I 控 制 0 1 1 非 干 擾 控制 增益 演 算手 段3 1, 則 根 據 來 白 非 干 擾 控 1 1 制 裝 置 決 定 手段 2 5 的 響應 時間 常數 差 分 值 T d 而 算 出 1 1 軋 輥 速 度 裝 置快 時的 延 遲時 間Τ d 1 i CtS3 與 壓 下 裝 置 快 時 的 1 1 延 遲 時 間 T d 2 i » 且 將之 設定 在非 干 擾 控 制 手 段 5 一 2 1 I 上 0 該 設 定 可在 系統 設 計時 或變 更時 進 行 〇 此 外 在 決 定 1 I 構 築 系 統 時 ,亦 可將 未 利用 之非 干擾 控 制 增 益 或 其 控 制 系 1 1 1 統 白 設 計 對象 加以 去 除。 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -73 - A7 __B7 五、發明説明(71) 圖2 7以及圖2 8係表前述本實施例之輥軋系統的動 態圖。圖2 7係表壓下控制部響應時間較速度控制部響應 時間爲短之板厚優先控制時的例子。通常之冷軋系統,壓 下控制部使用油壓壓下裝置,而速度控制部則使用直流電 動機,而相當於該例。在圖中,粗的實線部表示優先控制 ,細的實線部則表示同時被控制之非優先控制。而虛線則 爲不執行的控制,僅供參考。 圖2 8係一壓下控制部響應時間較速度控制部響應時 間爲短之張力優先控制時的例子。而此相當於一般之熱車L 系統的構成。 根據本實施例,在同時控制板厚與張力之輥軋控制中 ,若實際所測得之張力偏差在容許值的範圍內時,則提高 板厚控制增益,當超過容許值的範圍時,則提高張力控制 增益而實施優先控制。此外,由於容許值是針對每個機台 ,且針對張力設定值之各階段被仔細設定,因此能夠隨著 動作點變更進行精密的優先控制。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印裝 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 因此,可以同時提高板厚與張力之控制精度,且提高 製品品質,而能高響度地控制張力偏差,使輥軋機之運轉 得以快速地安定化。 又,由板厚控制指令所產生之對輥軋材之張力的影響 (干擾)或是由張力控制指令所產生之對輥軋材之板厚的 影響(干擾),則可利用響應快的致動器,使相位能夠配 合由響應慢之致動器所產生之干擾現象而實施非干擾控制 ,因而可以即時地排除干擾,而提高板厚或是張力的控制 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(72 ) 精度。 更者,本實施例之輥軋控制裝置,由於與熱軋或冷軋 工程或致動器等之功能的系統構成無關而能夠廣泛地使用 ,因此可以彈性地對應於系統的構成或變更。 其次說明第3個本發明之其他實施例。圓2 1之回饋 控制系統5 - 1雖然只表示控制量回饋控制,但是亦可爲 一追加用於控制輥軋過程之狀態量偏差之狀態回饋控制的 最佳伺服系統。亦即,求取由壓下位置檢出計3 - 4所得 到之壓下位置S i 、由軋輥同速檢出計3 - 3所得到之前 台軋輥速度VRi_l、後方張力rb之實測值與各設定 值的偏差,而算出可以使該偏差成爲零之速度控制指令、 壓下控制指令,且與前述控制量回饋控制系統之速度控制 指令或是壓下控制指令相加而將之輸出。此外,在將本身 機台之軋輥速度VR i 、前方張力r f設成狀態量時,則 與上一實施例相同。 根據此,藉響應快的狀態回饋控制,可以更高速地抑 制板厚以及張力的外亂因素,而更能夠提高本發明之優先 控制的效果》 更者,其他實施例,控制量乃採用位在軋輥正下方的 板厚值。使用圖2 1所示之板厚計3 — 1的出側板厚h i 、入側板厚H i (前台之出側板厚)、入側板速度V e i 以及出側板速度V o i ,而在觀測裝置7中,根據mass f low進行(數5 1 )的演算,且算出軋輥正下方板厚 h m i 。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(21 OX 297公釐) ---------裝------訂------ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -75 - A7 _B7_ 五、發明説明(73 ) 〔數 5 1〕 hmi=Vei - Hi/Voi 根據該hm i與來自設定系統之目標值hrefi來求 取板厚偏差Ah i而演算控制指令》 根據此,由於輥軋材自軋輥正下方移動到出側板厚計 3 ~ 1爲止之控制延遲得以消除,因此可更提高本發明之 優先控制或非干擾控制的效果。 其他的實施例,則構成一可將板厚偏差Ah i或張力 偏差Λτί當作直接輸入之非干擾控制系統。此時,(數 37)、(數38)或是(數41)、(數42)則如( 數5 2 )所示般地被修正》 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝· 訂Gd3 = 1.0 (Tvi> Tsi) That is, the example of the non-interference control performed by the fast-reduction reduction device 9, since it is the non-interference control of tension during cold rolling, all of G d 1 to G d 3 become 0 . 0, and when there is only Gd4, it is 1 · 0 in the thickness priority control and 0. 0 in the tension priority control. In this way, the non-interference priority control unit 5-4-2 determines the adjustment coefficient to be used for multiplying the non-interference control gain by implementing the non-interference control by the actuator with a fast response speed. Next, the function of the control gain calculation means 5-5 will be explained. Control gain calculation method 30, then set the control system 4 to set the feedback control department. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm). ~ -71-(Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page) Binding · Order A7 B7 Employee's Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Chapter 5, Invention Instructions (69) 5-1 The setting value of the control gain (Fr efi 1, 2). As described above, the control gain setting value is obtained by the well-known Likachi equation to obtain the equation of state shown in (number 4). The control gain setting value is multiplied by the adjustment coefficient from the adjustment coefficient calculation means 23, and the control gains shown in Fig. 2 2 and Fig. 2 3 are obtained according to (number 4 8). [Number 4 8] F hvi = F hv ref i 1. 2. G vhi 1, 2 F rvi = F rv ref i 1, 2 · G vri 1. 2 F hsi = F hs ref i 1. 2 · G shi 1. 2 F rsi = F rs ref i 1. 2 · G sri 1, 2 The numbers attached to each coefficient of (number 4 8), where 1 is the sheet plate thickness priority control '2 is the table tension priority control. If according to the relationship of the adjustment coefficients shown in Table 6, * F rv i and Fhs i are zero during cold rolling, Fhv i > Fr si when plate thickness control takes priority, then Fhvi < Frsi. In addition, it becomes zero during cold rolling, and the control gain or its control system used during hot rolling can also be removed from the design object when determining the system. The non-interference control gain calculation means 31 sets the non-interference control gain setting value (F d r e f i) of the non-interference control unit 5-2 by the setting control system 4. In one example, the tension non-disturbing control gain is expressed when the response of the reduction device during cold rolling is fast (number 49). (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). Installed.--The paper size of Kouquan is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -72-A 7 B7 Employee of the Central Bureau of Samples of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the consumer cooperative V. Description of the invention (70) 1 IC number 4 9 1 1 | F d CS ref i = (K i--3 PI / 3 hi) / K i * 1 1 I Here, d P i / 3 h I: influence coefficient K i: roll spring constant 1 1 first 1 read I read 1 1 C number 5 0] back 1 | of 1 F dhvi = F dhv ref i • G d 1 Note 1 IF drvi = F drv ref i • G d 2 item and then 1 F dhsi = F dhs ref i • G d 3 fill in the book-^ 1 F. d τ si = F drs ref i • G d 4 page 1 1 Figure 2 6 is as mentioned above The interference control gain determines the sequence of flow 1 1 pass VBTt Figure 0 That is, during cold rolling, when the reduction device 9 sounds When atg should be fast (1 1 S 2 0 1), then when the thickness priority control (S 2 0 2), then set 1 G d 4 = 1.0 (s 2 0 4), so 9 can be set to non-interference Control 1 1 system gain F d τ si = F d τ s re fi (S 2 () 6) and Zhang 1 I force non-disturbing control is implemented by the tension device 9. On the other hand, when Zhang Quanquan control takes priority , It becomes F d τ S i = 0 without non-interference 1 I control 0 1 1 non-interference control gain calculation means 3 1, then according to the response time constant difference of the non-interference control 1 1 control device decision means 2 5 Calculate 1 1 delay time T d 1 i CtS3 when the roll speed device is fast and 1 1 delay time T d 2 i »when the roll speed device is fast and set it to the non-interference control means 5-2 1 I Up 0 This setting can be made at the time of system design or change. In addition, when determining 1 I to build the system, it can also be unused Non-interfering or gain control system which controls the system 111 White design objects to be removed. 1 1 This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -73-A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention (71) Figure 2 7 and Figure 28 are the dynamics of the rolling system of the previous embodiment Figure. Fig. 27 is an example of the case where the response time of the gauge pressure reduction control section is shorter than the response time of the speed control section and the thickness priority control is short. In a conventional cold rolling system, the hydraulic pressure reduction device is used in the reduction control unit, and the DC motor is used in the speed control unit, which is equivalent to this example. In the figure, the thick solid line indicates priority control, and the thin solid line indicates non-priority control that is simultaneously controlled. The dotted line is the control that is not executed and is for reference only. Figure 28 is an example of tension priority control where the response time of the depression control unit is shorter than the response time of the speed control unit. This is equivalent to the configuration of a general hot car L system. According to this embodiment, in the rolling control that simultaneously controls the plate thickness and tension, if the actually measured tension deviation is within the allowable value range, the plate thickness control gain is increased, and when it exceeds the allowable value range, then Increase the tension control gain and implement priority control. In addition, since the allowable value is set for each machine, and each stage of the tension setting value is carefully set, precise priority control can be performed as the operating point changes. Printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Therefore, it is possible to improve the control accuracy of the thickness and tension at the same time, and improve the quality of the product, while controlling the tension deviation with high loudness , So that the operation of the rolling mill can be quickly stabilized. In addition, the effect of the plate thickness control command on the tension of the rolled material (disturbance) or the effect of the tension control command on the thickness of the rolled material (disturbance), you can use the fast response Actuator, so that the phase can implement non-interference control in accordance with the interference phenomenon caused by the slow response actuator, so the interference can be eliminated immediately, and the control of increasing the thickness or tension of the paper. The paper standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 specification (210X297 mm) A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of invention (72) Accuracy. Furthermore, the rolling control device of the present embodiment can be widely used regardless of the system configuration of functions such as hot rolling or cold rolling processes or actuators, and therefore can flexibly correspond to the system configuration or change. Next, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described. The feedback control system 5-1 of circle 2 1 only shows the feedback control of the control amount, but it can also be an optimal servo system with additional state feedback control for controlling the deviation of the state quantity in the rolling process. That is, the actual measured value and the measured value of the previous roll speed VRi_l and the rear tension rb obtained by the reduction position S i obtained by the reduction position detection meter 3-4 and the roll simultaneous speed detection meter 3-3 are obtained. The deviation of the set value is calculated, and the speed control command and the depression control command that can make the deviation zero are calculated, and the velocity control command or the depression control command of the aforementioned control amount feedback control system is added and output. In addition, when the roll speed VR i and the front tension r f of the stand are set to the state quantity, it is the same as the previous embodiment. According to this, by quickly responding to the state feedback control, the external factors of plate thickness and tension can be suppressed at a higher speed, and the effect of priority control of the present invention can be further improved. Furthermore, in other embodiments, the control amount is The thickness of the sheet directly below the roll. Using the plate thickness gauge 3-1 shown in Fig. 21, the outgoing plate thickness hi, the incoming plate thickness H i (the outgoing plate thickness at the front desk), the incoming plate speed V ei and the outgoing plate speed V oi are used in the observation device 7 Calculate (mass 5 1) based on mass f low and calculate the plate thickness hmi directly under the roll. The size of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (21 OX 297mm) --------- installed ------ ordered ------ (please read the notes on the back first Please fill in this page again) -75-A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention (73) [Number 5 1] hmi = Vei-Hi / Voi According to the hm i and the target value hrefi from the setting system, the thickness deviation Ah i is obtained According to this, the control delay of the rolling control material is eliminated because the rolled material moves from directly below the roll to the exit side thickness gauge 3 to 1. Therefore, the effect of priority control or non-interference control of the present invention can be further improved. Other embodiments constitute a non-interference control system that can use the plate thickness deviation Ah i or the tension deviation Λτί as direct input. At this time, (Number 37), (Number 38) or (Number 41), (Number 42) are corrected as shown in (Number 5 2) "(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) . Pack · Order

A 〔數 5 2〕 Δ V d h 丨 i = F d h v j; · Δ r j · < -Td i · 3 -(»3;) AVd r . 1 i =F d r v .9 Δ h . < -Td 1 * 3 ...(数4* ) Δ S d h , ,=F d h s j; - Δ r j ( -Td i · 3 …(数7,) Δ S d r | j = F d r s .7 Δ h . i -Td i s 3 …(数8,) 根據此, 由於不進行控制指令時的積分演算’因此 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 以得到與輸入信號之變化率變大,而提高非干擾控制增益 時同樣的效果。 請參照圖面來說明第4個本發明之實施例。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) -* 76 - 經濟部中央標準局舅工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(74 ) 輥軋機之控制裝置的一般構成則與圖2、圖3相同。 又,輥軋機之工作輥1 3與輥軋材1 4之關係則與表 不在圖4〜圓6者相同。 圖2 9係表第4個本發明之一實施例之輥軋控制裝置 的構成圖。 表示多台輥軋機1之動作狀態的輥軋狀態量,則由板 厚檢出計3 - 1檢出輥軋材1 4之板厚,由板速度檢出器 3 - 2檢出板速度,由張力檢出器3 — 3檢出作用在輥軋 材1 4的張力、由輥軋荷重檢出器3- 4檢出輥軋荷重, 由軋輥速度檢出器3 — 5檢出軋輥同速度、由壓下位置檢 出器3 - 6檢出壓下位置。又,多台輥軋機1之輥軋狀態 ,則因應作爲致動器8之壓下裝置13與軋輥驅動裝置 1 6而變化。 控制裝置2係由前饋控制部2 - 1與回饋控制部2 — 2所構成。回饋控制部2 _ 2係根據由張力檢出計3 — 3 等所檢出之輥軋狀態量來演算控制指令》而回饋控制2 -2之例子則如利用輥軋荷重與壓下位置之Bisra-AGC。 前饋控制部2 - 1係由板厚追蹤部1 〇 〇、壓下閒置 時間補正板厚追蹤部1 0 1 、速度閒置時間補正板厚追蹤 部1 0 2、壓下前饋演算部1 〇 3以及速度前饋演算部 1 04所構成。而在該前饋控制部2- 1則自響應之閒置 時間輸入部1 0 5輸入壓下裝置1 3以及軋輥驅動裝置 16之響應的閒置時間。 板厚追蹤部1 0 0係使由位在作爲前台之第i 一 1台 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) : -77 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝. 、11 ‘耒- 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(75 ) 出側之板厚檢出計3 - 1 (i - 1)所檢出之板厚資料的 履歷對應於自第i - 1台到第i台爲止的位置,而以由板 速度檢出計3 _ 2 ( i - 1 )所檢出之現在的板速度邊進 行移動控制邊加以記憶。 壓下閒置時間補正板厚追蹤部1 0 1 ,則根據自響應 之閒置時間輸入部1 0 5所输入之壓下裝置1 3所響應閒 置時間與在板速度檢出器3 - 2 (i — l)中所檢出之板 速度,而推測在壓下裝置1 3之響應閒置時間之期間內輥 軋材1 4的移動距離,且由據板厚追蹤部1 〇 〇之板厚履 歷資料中選擇出到第i台軋輥正下方之距離可對應於該移 動距離的板厚資料。此外,亦可自閒置時間輸入部1 0 5 提供一在響應之閒置時間加上1次延遲之延遲時間而成的 響應延遲時間。 同樣地,速度閒置時間補正板厚追蹤部1 0 2,則根 據自響應之閒置時間輸入部1 0 5所輸入之軋輥驅動裝置 1 6之響應的閒置時間或是響應延遲時間與由板速度檢出 器3 - 2 ( i - 1 )所檢出之現在的板速度,而推測在軋 輥驅動裝置16之響應的閒置時間之期間內輥軋材14的 移動距離,且由板厚追蹤部1 〇 〇之板厚履歷資料中選擇 出到第i台軋輥正下方爲止的位置可對應於該移動距離的 板厚資料。 壓下前饋演算部1 0 3則根據由壓下閒置時間補正板 厚追蹤部101所選擇之板厚資料與事先所設定之前饋增 益而算出输入到壓下裝置之前饋控制指令。此時,壓下前 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -* -78 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(76) 饋演算部1 0 3會根據已考慮到壓下裝置1 3之延遲時間 的板厚資料,作爲該板厚資料與目標值之偏差的板厚變動 當·到達第i機台之軋輥正下方時,可讓壓下裝置1 3動作 以抵消該板厚變動成分,而演算輸出前饋壓下指令。 速度前饋演算部1 〇 4則根據由速度閒置時間補正板 厚追蹤部1 0 2所選擇之板厚資料與事先所設定之前饋增 益’而算出輸入到軋輥驅動裝置的前饋控制指令。此時, 速度前饋演算部1 〇 4則會根據已考慮到軋輥驅動裝置 1 6之延遲時間的板厚資料而演算前饋速度指令,因此與 該板厚資料對應之板厚變動,當到達第i機台之軋輥正下 方時,軋輥驅動裝置1 6會被前饋控制以抵消由該板厚變 動成分所導致之輥軋現象變動成分。 自前饋控制部2 _ 1與回饋控制部2 - 2所輸出之到 壓下裝置13的各操作量與到軋輥驅動裝置16之各操作 量,則會在加法部2 0分別當作壓下指令以及速度指令予 以相加而輸出。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ‘泉 圖3 0係表板厚追蹤部1 0 0之構成的模式圖,係由 板厚記億表100_1與板厚資料移動控制部100-2 所構成。板厚記憶表1 00_1係將自第(i — 1 )個機 台出側之板厚檢出器3-1(i—1)到第i個機台正下 方爲止的距離(L )分割成η等分,而對應於自各分割區 間到第i個機台正下方爲止的距離,且對位在該機台間之 位置之輥軋材之被取樣點的現在位置實施追蹤,而將板厚 之履歴資料列加以記憶。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家樣準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 A 7 B7 五、發明説明(π) 對各板厚資料之被取樣點的追蹤則依下而進行。首先 ’來由板厚檢出器3_1(i-1)所檢出之正下方的板 厚資料以及由位在第(i _ 1 )個與第i個機台之間之板 速度檢出器3 - 2 (i — 1)所檢出之板速度值,則依一 定週期之取樣間隔爲板厚追蹤部1 0 0所讀取。而該板速 度值則被送到板厚資料移動控制部1 0 0 - 2。 在板厚資料移動控制部100-2中,則計算自前次 之檢出取樣時點開始輥軋材1 4所移動的移動距離。此外 ’則將與該移動距離對應之分割區間,對應於機台間之各 位置,將記憶在板厚記憶表1 0 0_ 1之板厚的履歷資料 朝第i個機台方向先送出。 例如考慮推測只移動距離i時,首先,與距第i個機 台正下方之位置爲距離β之位置對應的板厚資料則會被消 去。 此外,則將距第i個機台爲距離Ρ之下一個被記憶之 板厚資料,則會當作與第i個機台正下方之位置對應的板 厚資料而被更新·>如此般,板厚記憶表1 0 0 - 1之資料 則會依序被更新。最後,履歷資料列之各板厚,則如與輥 軋材之被取樣點之現在位置呈對應般地被移動到板厚記憶 表10 0 — 1的各記憶區間。 被記憶在板厚記憶表1 0 〇- 1之機台間位置與位於 該位置之板厚資料,則會被送到壓下閒置時間補正板厚追 蹤部1 0 1與速度閒置時間補正板厚追蹤部1 〇 2。 H3 1係表壓下閒置時間補正板厚追蹤部1 〇 1之構 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐〉 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -9 -80 - 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 _B7 五、發明説明(78 ) 成的功能方塊圖,係由壓下裝置閒置時間設定部1 0 1 _ 1、閒置時間距離演算部1 0 1 — 2、板厚資料選定部 1 0 1_3以及補正板厚記憶部1 0 1 — 4所構成。 首先,自響應之閒置時間输入部1 0 5所輸入之壓下 裝置13的閒置時間則會被記憶在壓下裝置閒置時間設定 部101 — 1。由板速度檢出器3 — 2 (i — 1)所檢出 之板速度值則與壓下裝置13之閒置時間一起被輸入到壓 下閒置時間補正板厚追蹤部101之閒置時間距離演算部 10 1-2。 在閒置時間距離演算部1 0 1 _ 2則根據前述壓下裝 置閒置時間與現在之板速度值而來求取在壓下裝置之閒置 時間內輥軋材1 4的移動距離,且將之送到板厚資料選定 部 1 0 1 — 3。 板厚資料選定部1 0 1 - 3則根據由板厚追蹤部 1 0 0所输入之板厚履歷資料與壓下裝置1 3之在閒置時 間內的移動距離而來進行補正之追蹤動作。亦即,從位在 第i個機台軋輥正下方之上流側的板厚履歷資料列中,除 去與壓下裝置閒置時間之移動距離相當,而與距軋輥正下 方之距離對應的板厚資料(ΔΗ ( η )等),而剩下來之 資料列之下流側先頭,則如與第i個機台軋輥正下方成對 應般地移動而記憶在補正板厚記憶部1 〇 1- 4 »此外自 被補正且被記憶之板厚資料中,將與第i個機台軋輥正下 方對應的新的ΔΗ ( η )送到壓下前饋演算部1 〇 3。 壓下前饋演算部103,則利用(數64)〜(數 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) : -81 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 装. 訂 泉 A7 B7 五、發明説明(79 ) 6 6 )的關係來計算成爲壓下指令的壓下變更量as。而 壓下變更量AS ’入側板厚變動外亂λη、作爲輥軋內部 之狀態量的張力變動量△ τ b以及作爲控制量之出側板厚 變動Ah的關係*則以(數6 4)來表示。 〔數 6 4〕 Δ h a h as Δ S +丨A [Number 5 2] Δ V dh 丨 i = F dhvj; · Δ rj · < -Td i · 3-(»3;) AVd r. 1 i = F drv .9 Δ h. ≪ -Td 1 * 3 ... (number 4 *) Δ S dh,, = F dhsj;-Δ rj (-Td i · 3… (number 7,) Δ S dr | j = F drs .7 Δ h. I -Td is 3… (number 8,) According to this, since the integral calculation when the control command is not carried out, it is printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs to obtain a larger rate of change from the input signal and increase the non-interference control gain The same effect. Please refer to the figure to explain the fourth embodiment of the present invention. This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ297 mm)-* 76-Uncle Consumer Cooperative of Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (74) The general structure of the control device of the rolling mill is the same as that in Figures 2 and 3. The relationship between the work roll 13 of the rolling mill and the rolled material 14 is not shown in the table. 4 to 6 are the same. Figure 2 9 is a block diagram showing the fourth rolling control device according to an embodiment of the present invention. Rolling showing the operating state of multiple rolling mills 1 The state quantity, the thickness of the rolled material 14 is detected by the plate thickness detection meter 3-1, the plate speed is detected by the plate speed detector 3-2, and the plate is detected by the tension detector 3-3. The tension of the rolled material 14 is detected by the roller load detector 3-4, the roller load is detected by the roller speed detector 3-5, and the same speed of the roller is detected by the roller speed detector 3-5, and the roller position detector 3-6 Pressing position. In addition, the rolling state of multiple rolling mills 1 changes according to the pressing device 13 of the actuator 8 and the roller driving device 16. The control device 2 is controlled by the feedforward control unit 2-1 It is composed of the feedback control unit 2-2. The feedback control unit 2-2 calculates the control command based on the rolling state quantity detected by the tension detection meter 3-3 etc. and the example of the feedback control 2-2 is as follows Use Bisra-AGC of rolling load and reduction position. Feedforward control unit 2-1 consists of plate thickness tracking unit 100, reduction idle time correction plate thickness tracking unit 101, speed idle time correction plate thickness tracking Part 1 0 2. Press the feed-forward calculation unit 103 and the speed feed-forward calculation unit 104. The feed-forward control unit 2-1 is the idle time for self-response The input section 1 0 5 inputs the idle time of the response of the pressing device 1 3 and the roll drive device 16. The plate thickness tracking section 1 0 0 makes the paper standard of the first i-1 station at the front desk applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 specification (210X 297 mm): -77-(please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). Installed., 11 '耒-A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economy Explanation (75) The history of the plate thickness detection meter on the exit side 3-1 (i-1) corresponds to the position from the i-th station to the i-th station. The current board speed detected by the detection meter 3 _ 2 (i-1) is memorized while performing movement control. Press the idle time correction plate thickness tracking part 1 0 1, then the idle time responded by the depression device 1 3 input by the idle time input part 1 0 5 of the self-response and the on-board speed detector 3-2 (i — l) The plate speed detected in step 1 and the movement distance of the rolled material 14 during the idle period of the response of the reduction device 13 are estimated, and it is based on the plate thickness history data of the plate thickness tracking unit 100 Select the thickness to the distance directly below the i-th roll corresponding to the moving distance. In addition, a response delay time formed by adding a delay time of 1 delay to the idle time of the response may be provided from the idle time input unit 105. Similarly, the speed idle time correction plate thickness tracking unit 1 0 2 is based on the idle time or response delay time of the response of the roll drive device 16 input from the self-response idle time input unit 105. The current plate speed detected by the detector 3-2 (i-1) estimates the moving distance of the rolled material 14 during the idle time of the response of the roll drive device 16, and the plate thickness tracking unit 1 〇 ○ From the thickness history data, select the thickness data that corresponds to the moving distance at the position just below the i-th roll. The press feedforward calculation unit 1 0 3 calculates the feedforward control command input to the press device based on the plate thickness data selected by the press idle time correction plate thickness tracking unit 101 and the feedforward gain set in advance. At this time, the paper size before the application of the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)-* -78-A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (76) The feed calculation unit 1 0 3 will use the plate thickness data that has considered the delay time of the reduction device 1 3 as the plate thickness variation that is the deviation of the plate thickness data from the target value when it reaches the roll directly below the i-th machine , The pressing device 13 can be operated to cancel the thickness variation component, and the feed forward pressing command can be output by calculation. The speed feedforward calculation unit 104 calculates the feedforward control command input to the roll drive device based on the plate thickness data selected by the speed idle time correction plate thickness tracking unit 102 and the previously set feedforward gain. At this time, the speed feedforward calculation unit 104 will calculate the feedforward speed command based on the plate thickness data that has considered the delay time of the roll drive device 16. Therefore, the plate thickness variation corresponding to the plate thickness data will reach When the roll of the i-th machine is directly below, the roll drive device 16 is feed-forward-controlled to offset the variation of the rolling phenomenon caused by the variation of the plate thickness. The operations from the feedforward control unit 2_1 and the feedback control unit 2-2 to the reduction device 13 and to the roll drive device 16 are treated as reduction commands in the addition unit 20. And the speed command is added and output. Printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 'Izumi Chart 3 0 is a model diagram composed of the sheet thickness tracking department 1 0 0. Table 100_1 is composed of the plate thickness data movement control unit 100-2. The plate thickness memory table 1 00_1 divides the distance (L) from the plate thickness detector 3-1 (i-1) on the outgoing side of the (i — 1) machine to the position directly below the i-th machine (L) η equally divided, corresponding to the distance from each divided section to directly below the i-th machine, and the current position of the sampled point of the rolled material positioned at the position between the machines is tracked, and the plate thickness The record of the track record is memorized. This paper scale is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A 7 B7 V. Description of Invention (π) Tracking of the sampled points of each plate thickness data Then proceed as follows. First of all, come the plate thickness data detected directly by the plate thickness detector 3_1 (i-1) and the plate speed detector located between the (i _ 1) th and i th machine 3-2 (i — 1) The detected board speed value is read by the board thickness tracking unit 100 at a sampling interval of a certain period. The plate speed value is sent to the plate thickness data movement control unit 100-2. The sheet thickness data movement control unit 100-2 calculates the movement distance of the rolled material 14 since the sampling point of the previous detection. In addition, ’will send the history data of the plate thickness stored in the plate thickness memory table 1 0 0_1 to the i-th machine first in the divided section corresponding to the movement distance, corresponding to each position between the machines. For example, if it is assumed that only the distance i is moved, first, the plate thickness data corresponding to the position directly below the i-th machine at the position β will be deleted. In addition, the memorized plate thickness data at a distance ρ from the i-th machine will be updated as the plate thickness data corresponding to the position directly below the i-th machine. The data of the plate thickness memory table 1 0 0-1 will be updated in sequence. Finally, each plate thickness in the history data column is moved to each memory section of the plate thickness memory table 10 0-1 in correspondence with the current position of the sampled point of the rolled material. The position between the machine and the plate thickness data at that position, which are memorized in the plate thickness memory table 10 0 -1, will be sent to the pressing idle time correction plate thickness tracking section 1 0 1 and the speed idle time correction plate thickness Tracking department 1 〇2. H3 1 is the gauge of the idle time correction plate thickness tracking section 1 〇1. The constitutive paper size adopts the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) (please read the precautions on the back and fill in this page)- 9 -80-A7 _B7 printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. The functional block diagram of the invention description (78), which is determined by the idle time setting unit of the depression device 1 0 1 _ 1, idle time distance calculation Part 1 0 1-2. The plate thickness data selection part 1 0 1_3 and the correction plate thickness memory part 1 0 1-4. First, the idle time of the self-response idle time input part 1 0 5 of the pressing device 13 is idle The time will be memorized in the idle time setting unit 101-1 of the pressing device. The board speed value detected by the board speed detector 3-2 (i-1) is input together with the idle time of the pressing device 13 The idle time distance calculation unit 10 1-2 of the plate thickness tracking unit 101 is corrected until the idle time is pressed. In the idle time distance calculation unit 1 0 1 _ 2 is obtained based on the idle time of the aforementioned pressing device and the current board speed value The movement of the rolled material 14 during the idle time of the pressing device The moving distance is sent to the plate thickness data selection section 1 0 1-3. The plate thickness data selection section 1 0 1-3 is based on the plate thickness history data input by the plate thickness tracking section 100 0 and the pressing device 1 3 The movement distance during the idle time is used to perform the tracking operation of correction. That is, the idle time of the device and the reduction device are removed from the plate thickness history data row located directly upstream of the i-th machine roll The moving distance is equivalent, and the thickness data corresponding to the distance directly below the roll (ΔΗ (η), etc.), and the remaining data row is the first on the downstream side of the row, if it corresponds to the directly below the i-th machine roll It moves as usual and is memorized in the correction plate thickness memory section 1 〇1-4. In addition, from the corrected and memorized plate thickness data, a new ΔΗ (η) corresponding to the i-th machine roll directly below is sent to Press down the feed-forward calculation unit 103. Press down the feed-forward calculation unit 103, then use (number 64) ~ (number of paper standards apply China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ297 mm): -81-(please Read the precautions on the back first and then fill out this page). Packing. Order Quan A7 B7 The relationship of (79) 6 6) is used to calculate the reduction change amount as which is the reduction command. The reduction change amount AS 'input side thickness variation disturbance λη and the tension variation amount △ τ as the state quantity inside the rolling b and the relationship between the outgoing plate thickness variation Ah as the control variable is expressed by (number 6 4). [number 6 4] Δ hah as Δ S + 丨

ah TiT ΔΗ (64) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在此,△ h △ S Δ τ Δ Η /ah s a h 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 a h Τη" :出側板厚變動量 :壓下變更量 :張力變動量 :入側板厚變動外亂因素 :出側板厚變化相對於壓下變更之影響 係數 :出側板厚變化相對於張力變形之影響 係數 :出側板厚變化相對於入側板厚變動的 影響係數 在(數64)中,若假設沒有張力的變動(△ ’即可得到(數6 5 ) » 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -s Γ 1··" % -82 - A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(80 ) 〔數 6 5〕 Δ h = 由於控制的目標是在於不產生出側板厚變動(Ah = 0),因此壓下變更量AS可依(數66)來求得。 〔數 6 6〕 Λ〇_ (~W7^νΔΗ -(66)Ts~J 在該(數6 6 )中所使用的ΛΗ係一根據壓下閒置時 間補正板厚追蹤部101而實施修正之與軋輥正下方對應 的入側板厚變動外亂ΔΗ(η)。 圖3 2係表速度閒置時間補正板厚追蹤部1 〇 2之構 成的功能方塊圖,係由速度裝置閒置時間設定部1 〇 2 — 1、閒置時間距離演算部102_2、板厚資料選定部 1 0 2 - 3與補正板厚記憶部1 0 2_4所構成》 首先,自響應之閒置時間输入部1 0 5所输入之軋輥 驅動裝置16的閒置時間則被記憶在速度裝置閒置時間設 定部102 — 1。而由板速度檢出器3 — 2 (i — 1)所 檢出之板速度值,則會與軋輥驅動裝置之閒置時間一起被 輸入到距離演算部10 2 — 2» 而在閒置時間距離演算部1 0 2 — 2中,則根據前述 速度裝置閒置時間與現在的板速度值而求取在軋輥驅動裝ah TiT ΔΗ (64) (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Here, △ h △ S Δ τ Δ Η / ah sah Printed by the Employees Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ah Τη ": Outboard thickness Amount of change: Amount of change in reduction: Amount of change in tension: Influencing factors of thickness variation at the input side: Affected coefficient of change in thickness at the outgoing side relative to the change in reduction: Affected coefficient of change in thickness at the outgoing side relative to tensile deformation: Relative change in thickness at the outgoing side The influence coefficient of the thickness variation at the inlet side is in (number 64), if there is no change in tension (△ ', you can get (number 6 5) »This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -s Γ 1 · "% -82-A7 B7 Printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of invention (80) [Number 6 5] Δ h = Because the goal of control is to not produce side plate thickness Variation (Ah = 0), so the amount of depression change AS can be obtained by (number 66). [Number 6 6] Λ〇_ (~ W7 ^ νΔΗ-(66) Ts ~ J in this (number 6 6) The ΛΗ system used in this is implemented by correcting the plate thickness tracking unit 101 according to the idle time of depression The correction of the thickness fluctuation at the inlet side corresponding to the position directly below the roll is corrected by ΔΗ (η). Figure 3 2 is a functional block diagram of the structure of the speed idle time correction plate thickness tracking section 1 〇2, which is set by the speed device idle time setting section 1 〇2 — 1. Idle time distance calculation unit 102_2, plate thickness data selection unit 1 0 2-3 and correction plate thickness memory unit 1 0 2_4》 First, the self-response idle time input unit 1 0 5 input The idle time of the roller drive device 16 is stored in the speed device idle time setting unit 102-1. The plate speed value detected by the plate speed detector 3-2 (i-1) will be the same as the roller drive device The idle time is entered into the distance calculation unit 10 2-2 ». In the idle time distance calculation unit 1 0 2-2, based on the speed device idle time and the current plate speed value, the roller drive

(請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)-

-β 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) A7 A7 經濟部中央棵準局員工消費合作社印製 B7 五、發明説明(81 ) 置之閒置時間內輥軋材14的移動距離且將之送到板厚資 料選定部102 — 3。 板厚資料選定部1 0 2 - 3則根據來自板厚追蹤部 1 0 0之板厚履歷資料與來自閒置時間距離演算部1 0 2 - 2的移動距離來進行補正的追蹤動作。亦即在位於第i 個機台之軋輥正下方之上流側的板厚履歷資料中,除去相 當於軋輥驅動裝置閒置時間之間的移動距離,而與距軋輥 正下方之距離對應的板厚資料(ΔΗ(η)等),而剩下 來之資料列之下流側的先頭則移動以便與第i個機台之軋 輥正下方成對應,且將之記憶在補正板厚記憶部1 0 2 -4。此外自該補正且被記憶之板厚資料中,將與第i個機 台軋輥正下方對應的新的ΔΗ(η)送到速度前饋演算部 10 4° 速度前饋演算部104,則利用(數67)〜(數 69)來算出成爲速度指令的速度變更量AVr 。該速度 變更量,壓下變更量AS、入側板厚變動外亂ΔΗ 以及作爲輥軋內部之狀態量之張力變動量ATb時關係則 以(數6 7 )來表示》 〔數 6 7〕 ... "7) 在此,AVr :速度變更量 本紙張尺度適用中國國家棣準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .装. 訂 泉 -84 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(S9)-β This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) A7 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economics B7 5. Description of invention (81) Rolled material 14 in idle time Move the distance and send it to the plate thickness data selection section 102-3. The plate thickness data selection unit 1 0 2-3 performs the correction tracking operation based on the plate thickness history data from the plate thickness tracking unit 100 and the moving distance from the idle time distance calculation unit 10 2-2. That is, in the plate thickness history data located directly upstream of the i-th machine roll, the plate thickness data corresponding to the distance from the roll directly under the idle time of the roll drive device is removed, and the distance from the roll directly below the roll (ΔΗ (η), etc.), and the head of the left side of the remaining data row is moved so as to correspond directly under the roll of the i-th machine, and stored in the correction plate thickness memory section 1 0 2 -4 . In addition, from the corrected and memorized plate thickness data, a new ΔΗ (η) corresponding to the i-th machine roll directly below is sent to the speed feedforward calculation unit 104 °, and the speed feedforward calculation unit 104 is used (Number 67) to (Number 69) Calculate the speed change amount AVr that becomes the speed command. The relationship between the speed change amount, the reduction change amount AS, the input side thickness fluctuation disturbance ΔH, and the tension change amount ATb, which is the state quantity inside the rolling, is expressed as (number 6 7) "[number 6 7] .. . " 7) Here, AVR: Speed change amount This paper standard is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Pack. Order Quan-84-A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (S9)

82 △ S Δ τ Δ Η a rb Ts~ 3 rbTvT 壓下變更量 張力變動量 入側板厚變動外亂因素 張力變化相對於壓下變更的影響係數 張力變化相對於速度變化的影響係數 d a η 1):張力變化相對於入側板厚變動的影響 係數 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在(數6 7 )的關係中,壓下變更量AS乃成爲前饋 之壓下指令。因此,利用來自速度閒置時間補正板厚追縱 部10 2而經捕正之入側板厚變動(ΔΗ),而根據(數 6 6 )來推測壓下指令。若將該推測結果代入到(數6 7 )時,則成爲(數6 8 )。 〔數 6 8〕82 △ S Δ τ Δ Η a rb Ts ~ 3 rbTvT The amount of change in tension The amount of change in tension The amount of change in the thickness of the external side The influence factor of tension change relative to the change in pressure The coefficient of influence of tension change in relation to the change in speed da η 1) : The coefficient of influence of the tension change relative to the change in the thickness of the input side (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) In the relationship of (number 6 7), the reduction change amount AS becomes the feedforward reduction command. Therefore, using the speed idle time correction plate thickness tracking section 10 2 and the input side plate thickness variation (ΔH) after being captured, the reduction command is estimated based on (number 6 6). When this estimation result is substituted into (number 6 7), it becomes (number 6 8). [Number 6 8]

、1T 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 d h, 1T Printed by Beigong Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs

a S -X_ da S -X_ d

d H asd H as

d hTiT ah Ts Δ H +1 d V, Δ V, (68 在前述壓下指令的情況,若假設沒有張力的變動時, 則可得到(數6 5)。在此,前饋速度指令係設成可以抑 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -85 - 301616 五、發明説明(83 ) 制由於入側板厚變動外亂所導致之輥軋現象的變動情形 亦即’在(數68)中,使△TbsO,而根據(數6 9 )來演算速度指令》 〔數6 9 Δν,d hTiT ah Ts Δ H +1 d V, Δ V, (68 In the case of the aforementioned reduction command, if there is no change in tension, it can be obtained (number 6 5). Here, the feedforward speed command is designed The paper size can be controlled by the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -85-301616 V. Description of the invention (83) The change of the rolling phenomenon due to the disturbance of the thickness of the input side is also known as 'In (number 68), use △ TbsO, and calculate the speed command according to (number 6 9)》 [number 6 9 Δν,

a h a S d hys )(- d ΔΗ (09 a V, (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) t· 在( 追蹤部1 入側板厚 圓3 之動作的 在步 m s )來 且將之記 之板厚檢 軋輥正下 當作履歷 該重 ,而使目 儲存在空 之板速度 數6 9 ) 0 2所送 變動外亂 3係用於 流程圖》 驟S 1中 計測各機 憶在板速 出部3 — 方爲止之 資料列, 新被計測 前被記憶 的記憶區 資料,對 中,ΔΗ係一由速度閒置時間補正板厚 來經補正之與第i個機台正下方對應的 Ο Η ( η )。 說明本實施例之輥軋控制裝置(3 9 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 -'β Γ fj· κ ,則依 台之入 度資料 1 ( i 輥軋中 依照計 之板厚 在表中 間內。 應於在 一定之取 側的板厚 表D 1。 —1 )所 之輥軋材 測順序被 資料,則 之資料列 該移動動 前次到此 樣週期 ,而同 由第i 檢出之 呈對應 記憶在 藉步驟 朝下流 作,則 次之取 (通常 時計測 _ 1個 與到第 的板厚 板厚追 S 2之 方向移 根據此 樣間隔 爲2 0 板速度, 機台出側 i個機台 資料,貝(J 蹤表上。 板厚追縱 動,而被 次所計測 之期間內 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 86 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 〇0l6i6 A7 ___B7_ 五、發明説明(84 ) 輥軋材所移動的距離,使表中之各區間的資料依序移位。 此外位於軋輥正下方之下流的資料則自表中被除去。 在步驟S 3中,爲了要補正壓下裝置1 3之閒置時間 ,乃根據事先所記憶之壓下裝置的輸送時間(D 2 )與現 在的板速度資料(D1),自板厚追蹤表中選出對前饋控 制爲必要的板厚資料。利用所選擇的入側板厚資料,在步 驟S 5中求取壓下指令》該壓下指令則參照在設定時所計 算的影響係數(D4),而根據(數66)來計算》 同樣地,在步驟S 4中,爲了要補正軋輥驅動裝置 1 6之閒置時間,乃根據事先所記憶之軋輥驅動裝置之輸 送時間(D3)與現在之板速度資料(D1),自板厚追 蹤資料中選出對前饋控制爲必要的板厚資料。 在步驟S6中,則推測壓下操作對張力的影響》而此 是因爲壓下指令與速度指令會互相競爭,而因壓下狀態之 變更而導致處於輥軋狀態的張力發生變化而影響到板厚度 ,而藉速度指令來補正其影響程度使然。此外壓下操作對 張力的影響,則根據影像係數(D 4 )與入側板厚資料來 推測壓下位置之變更情況,且根據(數6 7 )之右邊第1 項來加以推測。利用由該壓下位置變化所造成影響的推測 值、在步驟S 4中所選出之入側板厚資料以及在設定時所 計算的影響係數(D4),而根據(數69)來求取速度 指令。 在步驟S 5中所求得之前饋壓下指令,則當在步驟 S 3中經時間補正之板厚變動值爲與軋輥正下方對應的時 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(2丨Ο X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. 、1Τ -87 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(85) 刻(較實際情況提早-閒置時間)的控制時序時,則會被 輸出到壓下裝置。同樣地,在步驟S 7中所求得之速度指 令,則當在步驟S 3中經時間補正之板厚變動值爲與軋輥 正下方對應之時刻(較實際情況提早-閒置時間)的控制 時序時,則會被輸出到軋輥驅動裝置。 壓下裝置與軋輥驅動裝置之各控制指令的輸出時序, 則與取樣週期呈同步而設定在同一時刻。但是,根據本實 施例,則與輥軋材之同一點對應的壓下指令與速度指令之 控制時序,如上所述,則因各閒置時間被變動。藉此,板 厚變動或因此而導致之張力變動,在達到軋輥正下方之同 時,則讓壓下裝置與軋輥驅動裝置動作,而確實地抵消其 影響程度。 圖34係一用於說明由設定控制系統4來計算由(數 64)、(數67)所定義,而被設定在圖33之資料表 D 4的影響係數之順序的流程圖。 設定控制系統4在每次變更製品尺寸或材料時,則計 算在輥軋機之各機台之軋輥間隙的初始設定值、穩定部之 軋輥速度設定值、出側板厚設定值、荷重設定值 '機台間 之張力等(S S 1 ) » 其次,爲了要計算影響係數,則在所計算之設定值中 決定入側板厚、壓下位置、軋輥速度之微小變動範圍( SS2)。而此則將微小變動範圍設成設定值的±5%。 此外則計算自各設定值(入側板厚、壓下位置、軋輥速度 __^減去在步驟S S 2中所決定之各微小變動範圍之負方向 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I ^裝— — II 訂 ^A (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -88 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(86) 的設定變動量(SC1 — 1)。 同樣地則計算在各設定值(入側板厚、壓下位置、軋 輥速度)加上在步驟S S 2中所決定之各微小變動範圍之 正方向的設定變動量(SCI — 2)。根據在SCI — 1 以及S C 1 - 2中加上微小變動之各設定變更量(入側板 厚、壓下位置、軋輥速度)與在設定控制所使用之輥軋理 論公式來計算作爲輥軋狀態量的出側板厚以及後方張力( s C 2 ) ° 其次,則計算根據未加上微小變動之各設定變更量( 入側板厚、壓下位置、軋輥速度)所計算而得之輥軋狀態 量的出側板厚、後方張力與相對於在S C 2中加上計算之 微小變動之各設定變更量(入側板厚、壓下位置、軋輥速 度)之輥軋狀態量的出側板厚、後方張力之間的差,而計 算出相對於在S C 2中所決定之入側板厚、壓下位置、軋 輥速度之微小變動範圍之各輥軋狀態量之出側板厚與後方 張力的變化比例(SC3)。而在該SC3中所計算而得 之變化比例即成爲影響係數。 圖3 5係表速度指令的計算,亦即,與圖3 3之S 6 ,S 7有關之詳細的流程圖。而依據在圖3 2中所說明之 順序來計算影響係數(SV1)。又,製作用於對速度控 制裝置1 6所具有之閒置時間進行修正的板厚追蹤資料( SV2)。其次,則根據在SV1中所計算之影響係數與 用於補正速度控制部之閒置時間的板厚資料來推測張力變 動△ r b ( S V 3 )。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210X297公釐) 一 89 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -seaha S d hys) (-d ΔΗ (09 a V, (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) t · come in (in the step ms of the movement of the tracking part 1 into the side plate thick circle 3) Note that the thickness of the roll is directly under the roll as a resume, and the head is stored in the empty plate speed number 6 9) 0 2 The change sent by the external disturbance 3 is used in the flow chart ". Step S 1 measures the memory of each machine. The data row up to the side of the board speed output section, the data in the memory area that is memorized before the new measurement. In the center, ΔΗ is a correction of the thickness of the board from the speed idle time to the one corresponding to the position directly below the i-th machine. Ο Η (η). The roll control device (3 9) that illustrates this embodiment is printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-'β Γ fj · κ, according to the in-degree data of the platform 1 (i rolling in The plate thickness according to the calculation is in the middle of the table. It should be on the plate thickness table D 1 at a certain side. -1) The measured sequence of the rolled material is recorded, then the data is listed before the movement to this cycle , And the corresponding memory that was detected by the i-th flow down by borrowing steps, then take the second (usually timepiece _ 1 with the thickness of the plate to the direction of the thickness of the second S 2 according to this interval is 2 plate speed, the machine out of the i machine data, shell (J trace table. Plate thickness tracking, During the period measured by this paper, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) 86 Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Labor Cooperatives 〇l16i6 A7 ___B7_ V. Description of invention (84) The distance moved by the material causes the data in each section of the table to be sequentially shifted. In addition, the data located directly downstream of the roll is removed from the table. In step S 3, in order to correct the The idle time is selected from the plate thickness tracking table based on the transport time (D 2) of the pressing device and the current plate speed data (D1), which are necessary for feedforward control. Use the selected For the thickness information of the inboard side, obtain the reduction command in step S5. The reduction command refers to the influence coefficient (D4) calculated at the time of setting, and is calculated according to (number 66). Similarly, in step S 4, in order to correct the roller drive 1 The idle time of 6 is based on the transport time (D3) of the roll drive device memorized in advance and the current plate speed data (D1), and the plate thickness data necessary for feedforward control is selected from the plate thickness tracking data. In S6, it is speculated that the effect of the pressing operation on the tension "and this is because the pressing command and the speed command will compete with each other, and the change in the pressing state causes the tension in the rolling state to change and affect the thickness of the plate The speed command is used to correct the effect. In addition, the influence of the pressing operation on the tension is estimated based on the image coefficient (D 4) and the input side plate thickness data, and is estimated based on the first item on the right of (number 6 7). Using the estimated value of the influence caused by the change in the reduction position, the thickness data of the inlet and outlet sides selected in step S4, and the influence coefficient (D4) calculated at the time of setting, the speed command is obtained according to (number 69) . If the previous feed-down command is obtained in step S5, when the time-corrected plate thickness variation value in step S3 corresponds to the position directly under the roll, the paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification ( 2 丨 Ο X 297mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page), installed., 1Τ -87-A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of invention (85) When the actual situation is earlier-idle time), the control sequence will be output to the depression device. Similarly, the speed command obtained in step S7, when the time-corrected plate thickness variation value in step S3 corresponds to the time just below the roll (earlier than the actual situation-idle time) control sequence , It will be output to the roll drive. The output timing of the control commands of the pressing device and the roller driving device is set at the same time in synchronization with the sampling cycle. However, according to the present embodiment, the control sequence of the reduction command and the speed command corresponding to the same point of the rolled material is changed according to each idle time as described above. In this way, when the thickness variation or the resulting tension variation reaches directly below the roll, the reduction device and the roll drive device are operated to reliably offset the degree of its influence. FIG. 34 is a flow chart for explaining the order in which the setting control system 4 calculates the influence coefficients defined by (number 64) and (number 67) and is set in the data table D 4 of FIG. 33. Each time the setting control system 4 changes the product size or material, it calculates the initial setting value of the roll gap on each machine of the rolling mill, the setting value of the roll speed of the stabilizing portion, the setting value of the thickness of the exit side, and the setting value of the load. Tension between stations (SS 1) »Secondly, in order to calculate the influence coefficient, the small variation range (SS2) of the thickness of the input side, the rolling position, and the roll speed is determined from the calculated settings. In this case, the small variation range is set to ± 5% of the set value. In addition, it is calculated from each set value (input side plate thickness, pressing position, roll speed __ ^ minus the negative direction of each small variation range determined in step SS 2). This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210X297mm) I ^ installed — II order ^ A (please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) -88-A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Setting of the description of invention (86) Variation (SC1-1). Similarly, calculate the setting variation in the positive direction of each small variation range determined in step SS 2 plus each set value (board thickness, rolling position, roll speed) SCI — 2). Calculated based on each setting change amount (inlet-side plate thickness, rolling position, roll speed) added to SCI — 1 and SC 1-2 and the rolling theoretical formula used in the setting control The thickness of the exit side and the back tension (s C 2) as the rolling state quantity. Secondly, it is calculated according to the setting change amount (the entry side thickness, the rolling position, and the roll speed) without adding slight changes Rolling The thickness of the exit side of the roll, the back tension, and the amount of change in the settings (the thickness of the input side, the rolling position, and the roll speed) relative to the calculated small changes added to the SC 2 The difference between the tensions, and the ratio of the change in the thickness of the outlet side to the rear tension of each rolling state quantity with respect to the small variation range of the inlet side thickness, the reduction position, and the roll speed determined in SC 2 (SC3 ). The change ratio calculated in the SC3 becomes the influence coefficient. Figure 35 is the calculation of the table speed command, that is, the detailed flow chart related to S 6 and S 7 in Figure 33. Calculate the influence coefficient (SV1) according to the sequence described in Figure 32. Also, prepare the thickness tracking data (SV2) for correcting the idle time of the speed control device 16. The second is based on The influence coefficient calculated in SV1 and the plate thickness data used to correct the idle time of the speed control section to estimate the tension change △ rb (SV 3). The paper size is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS> A4 specification (210X297 mm) 89-( Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -se

T B7 五、發明説明(87) 該張力變動推測值△ τ 乃包含由於用於抵消入側 板厚外亂因素ΛΗ所進行之前饋壓下指令而產生的張力變 動△ r 與由於入側板厚變動對輥軋現象之影響而產生 的張力變動,而係根據將輥軋理論式予以線性化 之關係式(數6 7 )所推測而來。其次,則利用所推測之 張力變動△ τ b,而算出用於抵消該張力變動的速度指令 V p ( S V 4 )。 圖3 6係表在計算壓下指令之步驟(S 5 )的詳細內 容的流程圖。首先計算影響係數(SP1)。又製作用於 對壓下控制裝置13所具有之閒置時間進行捕正的板厚追 蹤資料。其次,則根據在S P 1中所計算之影響係數與用 於補正速度控制部之閒置時間的板厚資料,來計算用於抵 消入側板厚變動外亂因素ΔΗ的壓下指令ASpC S P 3' )。此時之壓下指令的計算,則是根據將輥軋理論式予以 線性化之數(6 5)而求得。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圖3 7係表用於說明壓下裝置1 3根據本實施例之前 饋壓下指令之響應情況的時序圖。如同圖(a )所示,在 軋輥正下方,在時刻t2 ,入側板厚會依階段狀產生ΔΗ 變化。該入側板厚變動△ Η係在前機台之出側被測出,而 根據與板速度對應的追蹤方式,在時刻t 2會對應於軋輥 正下方,而前進一相當於壓下裝置1 3之閒置時間T d成 分,藉此進行補正以使在時刻t 1能夠到達軋輥正下方。 因此,如同圖(b )所示,則在看到板厚變動ΛΗ之 狀態而與軋輥正下方對應的時刻ti ,乃選擇該ΔΗ,而 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梯準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) -90 - A 7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明( 88 ) 1 I 根 據 ( 數 6 6 ) 來 算 出 \八 刖 躀 壓 下 指 令 Δ S > 且 將 之 輸 出 1 1 到 壓 下 裝 置 1 3 0 結 果 » 會 如 同 twt 圖 ( C ) 所 示 壓 下 裝 置 1 1 1 3 » 在 實 際 到 達 軋 輥 正 下 方 時 會 將 該 板 厚 變 動 Δ Η 抵 消 V 請 1 | 〇 此 時 若 將 板 速 度 設 爲 V e ( m / S e C ) 時 則 在 時 7U 閱 1 I 刻 t 1 會 選 擇 出 相 當 於 = V e X T d 的 距 離 ( 白 軋 輥 正 Ff 之 1 1 I 下 方 朝 向 上 流 側 ) 之 輥 軋 材 之 點 的 板 厚 變 動 情 形 0 >王 意 事 1 1 I 圖 3 8 係 表 軋 輥 驅 動 裝 置 1 6 根 據 本 實 施 例 之 前 饋 速 項 再 1 寫 j 度 指 令 之 響 應 情 形 的 時 序 圆 圖 0 如 同 圖 ( a ) 所 示 階 段 狀 本 頁 1 之 入 側 板 厚 簾 樊 動 Δ Η 在 時 刻 t 2 到 達 軋 輥 正 下 方 時 則 1 1 會 如 同 圖 ( b ) ( C ) 所 示 壓 下 指 令 會 在 早 大 約 相 當 1 I 於 響 應 之 閒 置 時 間 Τ d 1 的 時 刻 t 1 輸 出 指 令 而 在 時 刻 1 訂 t 2 則 該 壓 下 裝 置 動 作 以 抵 消 入 側 板 厚 變 動 Ο 1 I 當 對 板 厚 變 動 產 生 壓 下 的 動 作 時 則 如 同 圖 ( d ) 所 1 1 示 會 因 壓 下 位 置 變 化 ffry 與 入 側 板 厚 變 動 而 導 致 產 生 張 力 變 1 1 化 Δ τ b《 由於該張力變化^ ·! ^ b 會 對 出 側 板 厚 造 成 影 響 » 1 因 此 根 據 ( 數 6 9 ) 可 由 壓 下 位 置 變 化 之 推 測 量 與 入 側 板 1 I 厚 變 動 如 抵 消 該 影 響 程 度 般 地 算 出 m 刖 饋 速 度 指 令 Δ V P 1 1 I 但 是 由 於 軋 輥 驅 動 裝 置 1 6 具 備 響 應 之 閒 置 時 間 1 1 1 T d 2 因 此 與 壓 下 指 令 同 樣 地 當 在 時 刻 t 2 入 側 板 1 1 厚 發 生 階 段 狀 變 化 時 則 如 同 tst 圖 ( e ) 所 示 會 在 較 時 刻 1 1 t 2 早 T d 2 的 時 刻 t 3 來 演 算 速 度 指 令 △ V τ> 且將之 1 1 加 以 输 出 〇 結 果 如 同 rm 圖 ( f ) 所 示 軋 輥 驅 動 裝 置 1 6 1 I 會 在 時 刻 t 2 動 作 以 抵 消 張 力 變 化 △ r t> < >在演算速度指 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標牟(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) B7 五、發明説明(89 ) 令Λνρ中所使用的板厚變動ΔΗ,則針對根據在前機台 出側所測得之板速度所追蹤之板厚的履歷資料,自T d 2 之期間先送出之資料列中,選擇出在時刻t 2被推測與軋 輥正下方對應的板厚資料。 圖3 9係用於說明相對於階段狀之入側板厚變動,本 實施例之壓下裝置之其他動作的時序圖。在該例中,壓下 裝置具有閒置時間與加上延遲之響應延遲時間TL。如同 圖(a)所示,當在軋輥正下方,在時刻t3 ,入側板厚 如階段狀般發生ΛΗ變化時,則如同圖(b )所示,壓下 指令ASp ,會在早約響應延遲時間TL的時刻ti输出 指令,而如同圖(c )所示,令壓下裝置1 3動作以抵消 入側板厚變動。 圓4 0係表同樣地軋輥驅動裝置1 6具有響應延遲時 間T L 2的例子,係一用於說明相對於階段狀之入側板厚 變動,速度指令以及軋輥速度響應之時間關係的時序圖。 在多變數控制下之壓下裝置與軋輥驅動裝置之控制時 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 序(指令輸出),則與取樣週期呈同步而設定在同一時刻 〇 根據本實施例,與輥軋材之同一點呈對應的壓下指令 與速度指令的控制指令的輸出時序,如上所述,可根據各 致動器之閒置時間而被變更。因此,在板厚變動或是隨此 所造成之張力變動位於軋輥正下方之同時,可以讓壓下裝 置與軋輥驅動裝置動作,藉此得以確實地抵消入側板厚變 動或是張力變動的影響。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -92 - A 7 B7 五、發明説明(90) 又’軋輥驅動裝置,由於在因爲入側板厚變動對輥軋 現象所造成之影響而產生的張力變動之外,對於因爲用於 抵消入側板厚外亂因素之前饋壓下指令所造成壓下裝置之 壓下動作而產生之張力變動亦可一併地加以消除,因此, 兩致動器之動作得以安定地被協調控制。 其次,請參照圖面來說明第5個本發明的實施例。 適用本發明之輥軋控制系統則爲與圖2、圖3所示者 相同的構成。 而輥軋機之工作輥10與輥軋材14之關係則與圖4 至圖7所示者相同。 圖4 1係表第5個本發明之一實施例,係一構成最佳 伺服控制系統的輥軋機控制裝置的構成圖。由多個機台所 構成之輥軋機系統1乃接受指令產生機構2 4的操作指令 (操作量)而依照所希望的精度而動作。 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 差分機構2 5與比例機構2 0則構成狀態回饋控制系 統。亦即,由差分機構2 5來求取在檢出裝置3所檢出之 狀態量與由設定控制系統4所給予之動作點之設定值之間 的偏差,而在比例機構2 0則在該偏差值乘上比例增益而 產生狀態偏差指令成分。在本實施例中,狀態量(")乃 使用壓下位置S、後方張力rb、前機台的軋輥速度VR。 差分機構2 6與積分機構2 1則構成控制量回饋控制 系統。亦即,由差分機構2 6來求取利用檢出裝置3或是 觀測裝置7所檢出之控制量與表示由設定控制系統4所給 予之控制量的目標的設定值之間的偏差,而在積分機構 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -93 - B7 五、發明説明(91 ) 2 1中,則將該偏差值乘上積分增益而實施積分’藉此產 生控制量指令成分。本實施例之控制量(y )則使用出側 板厚h與後方張力rb。 指令產生機構2 4則將來自比例機構2 0之狀態偏差 指令成分與來自積分機構21之控制量指令成分以及由設 定控制系統4所給予之目標指令值相加,而產生輸出到致 動器8的操作指令(操作量)。 此外,致動器8之操作端則有用於變更壓下位置之壓 下裝置1 3以及用於變更速度的軋輥驅動裝置1 6,而前 述操作指令,則針對各壓下位置成分與速度成分被產生且 輸出。 根據本實施例之構成,狀態回饋控制系統則實施控制 以使狀態量之實測值相對於動作點的誤差能夠成爲零。狀 態量,如表7所示,由於採用較以往之前方張力rf相比 對板厚之影響更大的後方張力rb ,因此可以實現提高板 厚精度之高響應的狀態量控制。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 表 7 前方張力 後方張力 對於出側板厚的影響度 (Aim/kg/miri) 2 0 4 5 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製T B7 V. Description of the invention (87) The estimated value of the tension variation △ τ includes the tension variation △ r due to the previous feed-down command performed to offset the external disturbance of the plate thickness ΔH and the variation due to the variation of the plate thickness at the input side The change in tension caused by the influence of the rolling phenomenon is inferred from the relational expression (number 6 7) that linearizes the rolling theoretical expression. Next, the estimated tension change Δτ b is used to calculate the speed command V p (S V 4) to cancel the tension change. Fig. 36 is a flow chart showing the details of the step (S 5) in calculating the depression command. First calculate the influence factor (SP1). Sheet thickness tracking data for capturing the idle time of the depression control device 13 is also prepared. Secondly, based on the influence coefficient calculated in SP 1 and the plate thickness data used to correct the idle time of the speed control unit, the reduction command ASpC SP 3 'used to offset the external disturbance factor ΔΗ of the plate thickness variation at the input side is calculated . The calculation of the reduction command at this time is obtained based on the number (65) linearizing the rolling theoretical formula. Printed by Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Figure 3 7 is a table used to explain the response of the pressing device 1 3 according to the previous embodiment Timing diagram. As shown in Fig. (A), just below the roll, at the time t2, the thickness of the incoming side plate will change ΔH in a stepwise manner. The incoming plate thickness variation △ Η is measured on the outgoing side of the front machine, and according to the tracking method corresponding to the plate speed, at time t 2 it will correspond to just below the roll, and the forward one is equivalent to the pressing device 1 3 The idle time T d component is thereby corrected so that it can reach directly under the roll at time t 1. Therefore, as shown in figure (b), at the time ti when the thickness of the plate changes ΛΗ and corresponds directly below the roll, the ΔΗ is selected, and this paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification ( 210X 297 mm) -90-A 7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Invention Instructions (88) 1 I Calculate according to (number 6 6) \ Ba 刖 軀 擀 動 話 Δ S > and Output it 1 1 to the reduction device 1 3 0 Results »It will be as shown in the twt diagram (C) The reduction device 1 1 1 3» When actually reaching the roll directly below the plate thickness variation Δ Η offset V Please 1 | 〇 If the plate speed is set to V e (m / S e C) at this time, at time 7U, read 1 I tick t 1, a distance equivalent to = V e XT d will be selected (white roll positive Ff 1 1 I Downward facing the upstream side) of the thickness of the rolled material point 0 > Wang Yishi 1 1 I Figure 3 8 is a table roll drive device 1 6 according to this embodiment feed forward Item 1 The timing chart of the response to writing a j-degree command. 0 As shown in the figure (a). The entry-side plate thick curtain fan movement Δ Η on page 1 at time t 2 reaches 1 directly below the roll. Figure (b) (C) shows that the depressing command will output the command at a time t 1 that is approximately 1 I earlier than the idle time T d 1 of the response, and if t 2 is set at time 1, the depressing device will act to offset the entry into the side panel Thickness change Ο 1 I When the action of pressing down on the thickness change is as shown in figure (d), 1 1 shows that the tension change will be caused by the change of the pressing position ffry and the thickness of the inlet side. Since this change in tension ^ ·! ^ B will affect the thickness of the outgoing side plate »1 Therefore, according to (number 6 9), it is possible to calculate the m by changing the thickness of the incoming side plate 1 I and the thickness variation of the incoming side plate by offsetting the influence degree Feed speed command Δ VP 1 1 I However, since the roll drive device 16 has an idle time of 1 1 1 T d 2, it is the same as the pressing command when the thickness of the side plate 1 1 changes stepwise at time t 2 The tst diagram (e) shows that the speed command △ V τ> will be calculated at time t 3 that is T d 2 earlier than time 1 1 t 2 and output of 1 1. The result is the same as the roll drive shown in the rm diagram (f) The device 1 6 1 I will act at time t 2 to offset the tension change △ r t > < > The calculation speed refers to 1 1 The paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) B7 V. Description of the invention (89) Let the thickness of the plate used in Λνρ change ΔΗ to the data of the plate thickness tracked according to the plate thickness tracked on the plate speed measured on the front side of the front machine, the data sent out first during the period of T d 2 In the column, the sheet thickness data that is estimated to correspond to the position directly below the roll at time t 2 is selected. Fig. 39 is a timing chart for explaining other operations of the pressing device of this embodiment with respect to the step-wise change in the thickness of the inlet side. In this example, the depression device has an idle time and a response delay time TL with a delay added. As shown in the figure (a), when the thickness of the incoming side plate changes in a stepwise manner at the time t3 directly below the roll, as shown in the figure (b), pressing the command ASp will delay the response early At the time ti of the time TL, a command is output, and as shown in the figure (c), the depressing device 13 is operated to offset the fluctuation in the thickness of the input side. The circle 40 table represents an example in which the roll drive device 16 has a response delay time TL2, and is a time chart for explaining the time relationship between the step-wise variation of the input side plate thickness, the speed command, and the roll speed response. Printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) during the control of the reduction device and roll drive device under the control of multiple variables. Synchronized and set at the same time. According to this embodiment, the output timing of the control commands of the reduction command and the speed command corresponding to the same point of the rolled material can be determined according to the idle time of each actuator as described above change. Therefore, while the plate thickness variation or the resulting tension variation is located directly under the roll, the pressing device and the roll driving device can be operated, thereby reliably canceling the influence of the input side plate thickness variation or the tension variation. This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -92-A 7 B7 V. Description of the invention (90) Roller driving device, due to the roll phenomenon caused by the fluctuation of the incoming side plate thickness In addition to the tension fluctuations caused by the impact, the tension fluctuations caused by the pressing action of the pressing device due to the feed-down pressing command used to offset the instability of the side plate thickness can also be eliminated together. Therefore, the two The action of the actuator can be coordinated and controlled stably. Next, the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. The rolling control system to which the present invention is applied has the same structure as that shown in Figs. 2 and 3. The relationship between the work roll 10 and the rolled material 14 of the rolling mill is the same as that shown in FIGS. 4 to 7. Fig. 4 is a diagram showing a fifth embodiment of the present invention, and is a configuration diagram of a rolling mill control device constituting an optimal servo control system. The rolling mill system 1 composed of a plurality of machines is operated in accordance with the desired accuracy in response to the operation command (operation amount) of the command generation mechanism 24. Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Prototype Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) The differential mechanism 2 5 and the proportional mechanism 20 form the status feedback control system. That is, the difference between the state quantity detected by the detection device 3 and the set value of the operating point given by the setting control system 4 is obtained by the differential mechanism 25, and the proportional mechanism 20 is The deviation value is multiplied by the proportional gain to generate the state deviation command component. In this embodiment, the state quantity (") uses the reduction position S, the rear tension rb, and the roll speed VR of the front stand. The differential mechanism 26 and the integral mechanism 21 constitute a control amount feedback control system. That is, the difference between the control amount detected by the detection device 3 or the observation device 7 and the set value representing the target of the control amount given by the setting control system 4 is obtained by the difference mechanism 26, and In the paper format of the integration agency, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -93-B7 V. Invention description (91) 2 1, the deviation value is multiplied by the integration gain to implement integration ' Generate control quantity command components. In this embodiment, the control amount (y) uses the outgoing plate thickness h and the rear tension rb. The command generating mechanism 24 adds the state deviation command component from the proportional mechanism 20 to the control amount command component from the integrating mechanism 21 and the target command value given by the setting control system 4 to generate an output to the actuator 8 Operation instruction (operation amount). In addition, the operating end of the actuator 8 has a reduction device 13 for changing the reduction position and a roll driving device 16 for changing the speed, and the aforementioned operation command is used for each reduction position component and speed component. Produce and output. According to the configuration of this embodiment, the state feedback control system performs control so that the error of the actual measured value of the state quantity with respect to the operating point can become zero. The state quantity, as shown in Table 7, adopts the rear tension rb which has a greater influence on the thickness of the plate than the conventional front tension rf. Therefore, a highly responsive state quantity control can be realized to improve the thickness accuracy. (Please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 7 The influence of the front tension and the rear tension on the thickness of the exit side (Aim / kg / miri) 2 0 4 5 Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) Printed by Beigong Consumer Cooperative of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs

^〇16jtQ A7 _B7 五、發明説明(92 ) 又,控制量回饋控制系統,除了藉控制出側板厚可以 將製品板厚維持在所希望的精度外,藉控制張力,亦可防 止其急劇變化,而得以安定地操作。 其次,則根據在設計最佳伺服系統時之控制模型(控 制參數)來說明圖4 1所示的DDC控制器5。 D D C控制器5乃自設定控制系統4供給有控制量的 目檫值或是狀態量的動作點以作爲設定值。此時,D D C 控制器5則動作以使動作點與實測值的偏差能夠成爲零, 而爲所謂的調整系統。因此,狀態方程式則由求取與設定 值之偏差的偏差值系統來記述。 輥軋現象則是以(數8 4 )所示之偏差值系統的應變 計式以及(數8 5 )所示在動作點附近展開泰勒展開之微 小變化成分的輥乳荷重式來加以表示。 〔數 8 4〕 ΔΡ s 但是,Ahi :第i個機台出側板厚 △ Si:第i個機台壓下位置 △ Pi:第i個機台輥軋荷重 Ki :第i個機台輥軋常數 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ^装 訂 ^ V. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -95 - 五、發明説明( 93 數8 5〕 a p Δ P . a p^ 〇16jtQ A7 _B7 Fifth, the invention description (92) In addition, the control quantity feedback control system, in addition to controlling the side plate thickness can maintain the product plate thickness at the desired accuracy, by controlling the tension, it can also prevent its rapid change, And to be able to operate safely. Next, the DDC controller 5 shown in Fig. 41 will be explained based on the control model (control parameters) when designing the optimal servo system. The DC controller 5 sets the operating point of the control value or state value supplied by the control system 4 as the set value. At this time, the DC controller 5 operates so that the deviation between the operating point and the actual measured value can become zero, which is a so-called adjustment system. Therefore, the equation of state is described by the deviation value system that obtains the deviation from the set value. The rolling phenomenon is expressed by the strain gauge system of the deviation value system shown in (number 8 4) and the roll milk load type shown in (number 8 5) that expands the slightly changed component of Taylor expansion near the operating point. [Number 8 4] ΔΡ s However, Ahi: Thickness of the i-th machine out side △ Si: Roll-down position of the i-th machine △ Pi: Rolling load of the i-th machine Ki: Rolling of the i-th machine The size of the constant paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) ^ Binding ^ V. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) -95-V. Description of the invention (93 Number 8 5) ap Δ P. ap

XTu-J A7 B7 d p ΔΗ d r b Δ r b (85) 若將(數8 4 )與(數8 5 )加以整理時即可導出(數 8 6)。 〔數8 6XTu-J A7 B7 d p ΔΗ d r b Δ r b (85) If (number 8 4) and (number 8 5) are collated, it can be derived (number 8 6). [Number 8 6

K (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 装. Δ hK (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). Δ h

K a pΤΤΓ δ s κ a ρΤϊΤ ΔΗ 訂 a ρ a ρ κ 3 r b Δ r b · Κ Δ r f . (86) 、泉 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其次當針對作爲致動器之操作端之壓下裝置13以及 軋輥驅動裝置16的動作分別以1次延遲來加以逼近時, 則成爲(數87)、(數88)。 數8 7K a pΤΤΓ δ s κ a ρΤϊΤ ΔΗ set a ρ a ρ κ 3 rb Δ rb · Κ Δ rf. (86), printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. It should be printed on the operating side as an actuator. When the operations of the reduction device 13 and the roll drive device 16 are approximated by one delay, respectively, it becomes (number 87) and (number 88). Number 8 7

d Δ S d (87) △ SPi:第i個機台壓下指令 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X 297公釐) -96 - A7五、發明説明( 94 〔數 8 8〕 d Δ V,d Δ S d (87) △ SPi: the i-th machine press instruction. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) -96-A7 V. Description of invention (94 [number 8 8 〕 D Δ V,

d Δ V Δ V (△V丨 Δνρί) …(8 8 :第i個機台軋輥速度指令 :第i個機台軋輥速度 輥軋機之後方張力rb則以(數8 9 )來表示’當根 據流動質量一定之原則而求取其微小變化成分時’則成胃 (數 9 0 )。 〔數 8 9〕 d Δ r bd Δ V Δ V (△ V 丨 Δνρί)… (8 8: the i-th machine roll speed command: the i-th machine roll speed after the rolling machine, the square tension rb is expressed by (number 8 9) ' When the principle of a certain flow quality is used to determine its slightly changed composition, it becomes the stomach (number 9 0). [Number 8 9] d Δ rb

E (請先閱讀背面之注^w項再填寫本頁)E (Please read the note ^ w on the back before filling this page)

T 装-T Pack-

•1T d (Δν .-Δν( (89) 〔數 9 0〕• 1T d (Δν .-Δν ((89) [Number 9 0]

Η . V I AV h丨V 1 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Η {h^V^+Ahi Voi-AHi V.,·} (90) 將出側板速度V 〇以及其微小變化式代入(數9 1 ) ’則可得到如(數9 2 )所示之入側板速度V e的微小變 化式。 本紙張尺度遑用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -97 - 3〇16i6 五、發明説明( A7 B7 數9 1〕 V〇i=(l 十 f i)VRI △v0i=(l + f i 1 {h.AV V〇.} (91 〔數9 2Η .VI AV h 丨 V 1 Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy Η {h ^ V ^ + Ahi Voi-AHi V., ·} (90) Substituting the outboard speed V 〇 and its minor variations ( The number 9 1) 'can be obtained as shown in (number 9 2) into the side plate speed V e small change formula. This paper uses the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -97-3〇16i6 V. Description of invention (A7 B7 number 9 1) V〇i = (l ten fi) VRI △ v0i = (l + fi 1 {h.AV V〇.} (91 [number 9 2

Δ VΔ V

H + (l + f ,)VR1Ah (92) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -" 將(數91),(數92)代入(數89),則可導 出(數9 3 )。H + (l + f,) VR1Ah (92) (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page)-" Substitute (number 91), (number 92) into (number 89), you can export (number 9 3).

、1T 〔數 9 3〕 d Δ r b j E j d h^l + f ;) ~ Δ V,, 1T [number 9 3] d Δ r b j E j d h ^ l + f;) ~ Δ V,

Vri ~κΠ~~ Δ f 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 hVri ~ κΠ ~~ Δ f Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs h

E V ΔE V Δ

V Δ 數 /{V 在 示 表 式 化 變 小 微 之 開 展 勒 泰 開 展 式 率 進 先 對 將The number of V Δ / {V in the expression becomes smaller and smaller.

Nly 4 9 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) 98 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(96) 〔數 9 4〕Nly 4 9 This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ297 mm) 98-A7 B7 V. Invention description (96) [Number 9 4]

若將(數9 4 )代入到(數9 3 ),則可得到(數 9 5)° ---------^装-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)If you substitute (number 9 4) into (number 9 3), you will get (number 9 5) ° --------- ^ install-- (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

,1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 在此,根據(數96)所示之前方張力r f與後方張 力τ b的關係,將(數9 5 )統合爲後方張力,則可得到 (數 9 7 )。 〔數 9 6〕 Δτ fi=Arbi + i --.(96) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(cns ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -99 - 301616 五、發明説明(97 〔數9 7 A7 B7 + I \d h 9 I - L, \ 3H e.v„. ( /a f I \ 3 r b E, h ((l + f H, •Δνβ, 1T Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. According to the relationship between the front tension rf and the rear tension τ b shown in (number 96), the (number 9 5) is integrated into the rear tension, and the number (number 9 7). [Number 9 6] Δτ fi = Arbi + i-. (96) This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (cns) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -99-301616 5. Description of invention (97 [Number 9 7 A7 B7 + I \ dh 9 I-L, \ 3H ev „. (/ Af I \ 3 rb E, h ((l + f H, • Δνβ

I Δ τ b ΔΗ, Δ r b E-h.v«. / a h, Va -) Δ r b (98) ----------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 將(數9 1 )代入到(數9 7 ),則可得到(數9 8 、-° 泉 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -100 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(98) 〔數 9 8 〕I Δ τ b ΔΗ, Δ rb Eh.v «. / Ah, Va-) Δ rb (98) ----------- (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) will be ( Number 9 1) Substitute into (number 9 7), then you can get (number 9 8,-° printed by the Quanzhou Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau employee consumer cooperatives. -100-A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (98) 〔Number 9 8〕

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210'〆297公釐) 101 301616 A7 B7 五、發明説明(99) 由此,當整理作爲狀態量之壓下位置s、軋輥速度 V R、後方張力τ b的關係式而以行列表示時,則可得到 (數99)之狀態方程式。 〔數 9 9〕 -Δ S j - ~ a i 3 1.1 0 0 * Δ S J - d 0 1 , 1 0 Δ VR .. d t a2.2 1 — 1 -Δ τ b ,·- L a 3.1 3 3,2 a 3,3」 -△ τ b i - 0 b2:a ΛνL Δνρΐ-ι Ο 〇 」 …(9 9 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -β 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 在(數9 9 )中,操作端使用前機台之軋輥速度 VRi — α的理由如下。圖4 2係表用於說明輥軋機之連續 控制的模式圖。當變更輥軋機之軋輥速度時,則根據流動 質量一定之原理來變更所要變更之輥軋機台之上流側的軋 輥速度。例如,當要將第i個機台之軋輥速度變更成V 〇 —VI時,則可根據(數100),(數101)來變更 第(i — 1 )個機台、第(i _ 2 )個機台......的軋輥速 度。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) —102 - A7 B7 五、發明説明( 數1 0 0This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210'〆297mm) 101 301616 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (99) Therefore, when finishing the reduction position s, roll speed VR, rear When the relational expression of tension τ b is expressed in rows and columns, the state equation (number 99) can be obtained. [Number 9 9] -Δ S j-~ ai 3 1.1 0 0 * Δ SJ-d 0 1, 1 0 Δ VR .. dt a2.2 1 — 1 -Δ τ b, ·-L a 3.1 3 3, 2 a 3,3 ”-△ τ bi-0 b2: a ΛνL Δνρΐ-ι Ο 〇”… (9 9) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) -β Employee Consumer Cooperative of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed in (Number 9 9), the reason for using the roll speed VRi — α of the front machine on the operation side is as follows. Fig. 4 is a model diagram for explaining the continuous control of the rolling mill. When the roll speed of the rolling mill is changed, the roll speed on the upstream side of the roll stand to be changed is changed according to the principle of constant flow quality. For example, when the roll speed of the i-th machine is to be changed to V 〇-VI, the (i — 1) machine and (i _ 2) can be changed according to (number 100) and (number 101) ) Roll speed of one machine ... This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) — 102-A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (number 1 0 0

V (10 0) 〔數 1 Ο 1 〕V (10 0) 〔Number 1 Ο 1〕

V h -2 (10 1) ---------^装-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) d (10 2) y i = c i,ί x 在此,V h -2 (10 1) --------- ^ install-- (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) d (10 2) y i = c i, ί x here,

x=[AS AVR Δτ b]T u =[Δ S Δ V ]Tx = [AS AVR Δτ b] T u = [Δ S Δ V] T

P p J y=[Ah Arb]T .. ,ιτ 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製P p J y = [Ah Arb] T .., ιτ Printed by Employee Consumer Cooperative of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs

BB

C -a Ki a 1,1 0 0 3 2,2 a3:; a i. i a 3,2 b;:i 0 ~ O U 2,2 0 ci:i 0 O 0 1,3 0 泉 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -103 五、發明説明(C -a Ki a 1,1 0 0 3 2,2 a3 :; a i. Ia 3,2 b;: i 0 ~ OU 2,2 0 ci: i 0 O 0 1,3 0 Izumi paper size is applicable China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297mm) -103 V. Description of invention (

10F 〔數 1 0 3 A7 B7 x(k+l) = ADx(k)+B〇u(k) y = C〇x( k) 在此、 (10 3) A e B〇= e10F [Number 1 0 3 A7 B7 x (k + 1) = ADx (k) + B〇u (k) y = C〇x (k) Here, (10 3) A e B〇 = e

丨]BT D〇= e (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --° 經濟部中央樣準局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 104 - S01616 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1〇2) 表 8 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製丨] BT D〇 = e (please read the notes on the back before filling in this page)-° The paper size printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Prototype Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm ) 104-S01616 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (1〇2) Table 8 Printed by Employee Consumer Cooperative of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs

但是,Ts:壓下裝置的延遯時間τν :速度控制輸入裝置之延遲時間 Ε:楊氏係數 L:站間距 Κ:彈性偽數 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1 装- 、1Τ 105 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(103) 由上式來變更第i個機台之後方張力時,則了解變更 第(i — 1 )個機台之軋輥速度則只需針對1個機台進行 即可。因此,在本實施例中之DD C控制器4的操作端’ 除了本身機台(i )的壓下控制裝置1 3以外,亦選擇前 —機台(i — 1 )的軋輥驅動裝置1 6。當然亦可將本身 機台(i )之軋輥驅動裝置當作操作端來控制,此時,狀 態量最好是使用自身機台的軋輥速度。 其次,則根據(數1 0 2 )以記號來表示(數9 9 ) 之各項的行列A,B,C,狀態量X,操作量u以及控制 量y的各向量,而得到依控制週期T s而離散化的(數 103)的狀態方程式。 針對該狀態方程式來求取動作點之每一狀態由表8所 示的行列要素’而可在動作點四周達到線性逼近。 若求取(數1 0 3 )之狀態方程式時,則圖4 1之狀 態回饋控制系統以及控制量回饋控制系統的控制參數F X ’ F e ’則由(數1 〇 4 )所提供。控制參數的計算係根 據狀態方程式而藉解利卡其方程而求得,而該方法已詳細 揭露於自動制御學會編的「自動制御八9夕第1部 (1 5 4頁)」中。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -* 丁 106 3〇16i6 A7 ____B7__ 五、發明説明(1()4) 〔數 1 Ο 4〕 CF. Fx] = -[R + GTP G]_1 GTP Φ -(104)However, Ts: Elongation time of the depression device τν: Delay time of the speed control input device Ε: Young's coefficient L: Station spacing κ: Elastic pseudo-number This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210Χ297 mm ) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 1 Pack-, 1Τ 105-Printed by the Ministry of Economy Central Standards Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative Α7 Β7 5. Invention description (103) Change the i-th machine from the above formula When the back tension is reached, it is understood that changing the roll speed of the (i-1) th machine is only required for one machine. Therefore, in this embodiment, the operating end of the DD C controller 4 'besides the reduction control device 1 3 of the own machine (i), also selects the roll drive device 16 of the front machine (i-1) . Of course, the roll drive of the own machine (i) can also be controlled as the operating end. In this case, it is best to use the roll speed of the own machine. Secondly, according to each vector of (number 1 0 2) which represents each item of (number 9 9) in terms of (number 9 9) by the vectors of state quantity X, operation quantity u and control quantity y, the control period is obtained. T s and the discretized (number 103) equation of state. According to the state equation, each state of the operating point is determined by the row and column elements shown in Table 8, and linear approximation can be achieved around the operating point. If the state equation of (number 1 0 3) is obtained, the control parameters F X ′ F e ′ of the state feedback control system and control quantity feedback control system of FIG. 4 1 are provided by (number 1 〇 4). The calculation of the control parameters is obtained by solving the Liqaqi equation based on the equation of state, and this method has been disclosed in detail in "Automatic Control Eighth Part 1 (page 1 5 4)" edited by the Automatic Control Society. This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)-* Ding 106 3〇16i6 A7 ____B7__ V. Description of invention (1 () 4) 〔 Number 1 Ο 4] CF. Fx] =-[R + GTP G] _1 GTP Φ-(104)

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 其次,則請參照圖4 3〜圖4 7來說明由最佳伺服控 制系統所設計之DD C控制器5之詳細構成與動作。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 圖4 3係表伺服系統中之信號與演算的關係,係一配 合圖4 1之構成之控制參數或狀態量,控制量或是操作量 之關係式的說明圖。根據狀態量回饋系統而輸出狀態偏差 指令Δυχ的壓下位置成分ASx與軋輥速度成分 。又根據控制量回饋系統而輸出控制量指令Ue的壓下位 置成分Se與軋輥速度成分VRe。又根據設定控制系統4 而輸出操作指令目標值Ue之壓下位置成分Ss與軋輥速 度成分VRe。該些則會在指令產生機構2 4中針對各成分 而被相加,且輸出操作指令U ( = S p,V Rp )。 圖4 4係表狀態回饋控制系統的詳細內容。差分機構 2 5根據(數1 0 5 )來求依一定週期而由檢出裝置3所 檢出之第i個機台之壓下位置Si 、前機台之軋輥速度 VRi-:L以及後方張力r bi與來自設定控制系統之動作點 Ssi、Vhi-:!、rbsi之間的差分,而輸出狀態量的偏差 值△Si,△V'Ri-1’ △T'bi。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -107 - A7 A7 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 B7 五、發明説明(105) 〔數 1 0 5〕 X ; =[AS j Δ VR Δ r b . ]τ ro 〇 v/ ., ---(105)(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Secondly, please refer to Figure 4 3 ~ Figure 4 7 to explain the detailed structure and operation of the DD C controller 5 designed by the best servo control system. Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Standards, Employee Consumer Cooperative. Figure 4 3 shows the relationship between signals and calculations in the table servo system. Illustrating. The reduction position component ASx and roll speed component of the state deviation command Δυχ are output according to the state quantity feedback system. Based on the control amount feedback system, the control position command Ue is outputted as the reduction position component Se and the roll speed component VRe. Based on the setting control system 4, the pressing position component Ss and the roll speed component VRe of the operation command target value Ue are output. These are added to each component in the command generating mechanism 24, and the operation command U (= S p, V Rp) is output. Figure 4 4 details of the state feedback control system. The differential mechanism 25 obtains the reduction position Si of the i-th machine detected by the detection device 3 according to a certain period according to (number 1 0 5), the roll speed VRi-: L of the front machine, and the rear tension The difference between r bi and the operating points Ssi, Vhi-:!, rbsi from the setting control system, and the deviation value of the output state quantity △ Si, △ V'Ri-1 '△ T'bi. This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -107-A7 A7 Printed B7 by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Prototype Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention description (105) [Number 1 0 5] X; = [AS j Δ VR Δ rb.] Τ ro 〇v /., --- (105)

= [Si-Si.VRi_1-VRsi_1rb.-rbs|]T 比例控制機構2 0則分別將各狀態量之偏差值AS i ,△VRi — ;!,ATbi 乘上比例增益 f Xu,f x12, f 乂13而予以相加’而求取第i個機台壓下裝置之位置偏 差指令成分ASxi。同樣地,分別將益偏差值乘上比例增 益f X21,f X22,f X23而予以相加,而求取前一機台 (i 一 1 )之軋輥驅動裝置的速度偏差指令成分 Δ V Rxi-l ° 圖4 5係表控制量回饋控制系統的詳細內容。差分機 構2 6 ,則根據(數1 0 6 )而輸入由張力計所測得的後 方張力r b i以及由出側板厚計所測得的板厚h x *,而求取 由觀測裝置7所推測之軋輥正下方板厚hMFi與由設定控 制系統4所給予之出側板厚目標值hsi以及後方張力目標 值rbei之間的差分,且輸出控制量之偏差值Ahi與 △ τ bi。至於軋輥正下方板厚hMF則請容後述。 〔數 1 0 6〕= [Si-Si.VRi_1-VRsi_1rb.-rbs |] T Proportional control mechanism 2 0 respectively multiplies the deviation values AS i, △ VRi —;!, ATbi by the proportional gain f Xu, f x12, f Add 13 to 'to obtain the position deviation command component ASxi of the i-th machine pressing device. Similarly, the gain deviation value is multiplied by the proportional gains f X21, f X22, f X23 and added to obtain the speed deviation command component Δ V Rxi- of the roll drive device of the previous machine (i-1 1) l ° Fig. 4 The detailed content of the feedback control system of the 5 series control quantity. For the differential mechanism 2 6, the rear tension rbi measured by the tensiometer and the plate thickness hx * measured by the outboard plate thickness meter are input according to (number 1 0 6), and the speculation by the observation device 7 is obtained The difference between the plate thickness hMFi directly below the roll and the target plate thickness target value hsi and the rear tension target value rbei given by the setting control system 4, and the deviation values Ahi and Δτ bi of the control amount are output. As for the thickness hMF directly below the roll, please describe later. [Number 1 0 6]

y i =[Δ h . Δ rbl ]T=[h . , - hMF , rb, , - rb , ]T …(/ ^? 6 ) 積分機構21,則在將各控制量之偏差值^hi, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標牟(CNS > A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 一 、?τ -108 - 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作杜印裝 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1()6) △ Tbi乘上積分增益f eii,f e12而予以相加後實施積 分而求得第i個機台壓下位置之位置指令成分Sei。同樣 地,在將各偏差值乘上積分增益f e21,f e 22而予以相 加後實施積分而求得第(i _ 1 )個機台之軋輥驅動裝置 的速度指令成*VRei。 圖4 6係表指令產生機構2 4的詳細內容,該指令產 生機構2 4則求取設定控制系統4之壓下指令目標值Ssi 、來自比例機構2 0之壓下指令ASh以及來自積分機構 2 1的壓下指令Sei的和,而產生輸出到第i個機台之壓 下位置控制裝置1 3的壓下指令Spi。同樣地則求取設定 控制系統4之速度指令、比例機構2 0之速度指 令AVu id以及積分機構2 1之速度指令V 的和, 而產生輸出到第(i - 1 )個機台之軋輥驅動裝置1 6的 速度指令V RpiH。 圓4 7係表用於對不能直接計測的量進行推測的觀測 裝置7的一者,表示用於推測軋輥正下方板厚hMF的板厚 推測裝置7 0。將位於串聯式輥軋機之第i個機台上流之 作爲板厚計3 1之計測值的入側板厚Hi以及作爲板速度 計3 2之計測值的入側板速度V e i與位於第i個機台下流 而作爲板速度計3 4之計測值的出側板速度V。i輸入到演 算裝置71 ,而進行(數107)的演算而求取在第i個 機台之軋輥正下方的出側板厚hMFi。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ----------^丈衣-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、?! -東_ -109 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1〇7) 〔數 1 0 7〕 v β. hMFi ' Η j + Offset ".(107) v 〇 i 在計算軋輥正下方之板厚hMF (數1 0 7 )時,則包 含不能夠直接地檢出之偏離量e。在此,藉以下的方法來 求取偏離量可以推測位在軋輥正下方的板厚hMF。 如圖4 8所示,在軋輥正下方,自出側板厚實際上發 生變化開始(b )到由板厚計3 3所計測爲止(c )之間 存在有閒置時間Td »該閒置時間則成爲軋輥正下方與出 側板厚計3 3之間的距離除以出側板速度V。i所得到的值 。此外,在出側板厚的變化方面乃有由間隙與張力所造成 輥軋效果與由偏離所造成者。偏離量e ,在同圖(a)中 ,雖然如說明般呈階段狀地變化,但是實際上卻是一由軋 輥溫度或是軋輥摩損所造成之和緩的變化。 首先,藉由例如由移位暫存器等所構成的閒置時間裝 置7 2使演算裝置7 1的输出hMFi (最初將偏離量設爲 0 )延遲,而得到相位可以與板厚計3 3之输出配合的追 蹤板厚(d)。而在加法器7 3中,則求取追蹤板厚與板 厚計3 3之输出之間的差分,當經由濾波器7 4而除去雜 訊時,則求取偏離量e。 當將該偏離量e回饋到演算裝置7 1時,則可計算出 板厚hMFi»如同圓(e )所示,在自產生偏離開始到除 去偏離爲止乃會產生閒置時間Td,而在此期間之偏離量 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210 X 297公嫠) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -· 訂 -110 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(108) e即成爲誤差(g),然而由於實際上之偏離係成爲較慢 的變化,因此距前次之偏離量e所得到的變化成分非常微 小,而可以忽視。 可將如此所得到之位在軋輥正下方的板厚h MF i當作 未發生延遲的出側板厚hi提供給差分機構2 0。亦即, 當閒置時間Td約爲500ms ,控制週期爲20ms時 ,則現在時刻之位在軋輥正下方的板厚,會在出側板厚計 被回饋到第2 5次的控制指令,反觀本實施例,由於可以 即時且除去偏離的影響而加以回饋,因此可以顯著地改善 相對於出側板厚的響應情形而提高製品品質。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) - 圖4 9係表本實施例之輥軋控制裝置的控制動作。如 同圓(a )所示,當在母材發生外亂成分時,則前方張力 τ f會如同圖(b)所示般地變化。而以往當將前方張力 τ f當作狀態量時,由於對板厚之影響度小,因此必須要 輸出大的控制指令。但是,對於一定值以上的控制指令, 致動器之放大器會產生飽和,而控制輸出會成爲同圖(c )所示。結果,在出側板厚h會如同圖(d )所示般地殘 留下大的偏差,而無法獲得充分的控制效果。 相對於此,由於後方張力τ b對於板厚之影響度大, 而可如同圖(f )所示般,藉未飽和之線性領域的控制輸 出可以發揮控制效果,而如同圖(g )所示,減少外亂成 分而提高板厚精度。亦即,本實施例適用在母材板厚 2 . 3mra,製品板厚0 . 233咖的輥軋過程,而製品板 厚精度(製品板厚的板厚偏差程度)由以往AGC的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -111 - 經濟部中央梂準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(109) 0.64%提高到〇.32%大約提高了2倍。 如上所述,本實施例之輥軋控制裝置,狀態量使用壓 下位置、控制效果大的後方張力、用於控制後方張力之前 機台軋輥速度,而控制量則使用沒有閒置時間之軋輥正下 方的板厚與後方張力,藉將可使操作指令輸出到本身機台 之壓下裝置與前機台(或是本身機台)之軋輥驅動裝置之 最佳伺服控制系統以及用於求取沒有閒置時間之位在軋輥 正下方之板厚的板厚推測裝置加以組合,可以實現高精度 的板厚控制。 (發明之效果) 根據第1個本發明,在動作點會大幅變動之輥軋機的 控制中,控制系統的輸入採用與前次的差分值,藉變更控 制參數可以控制前述控制指令的急劇變化,此外藉同時使 用預測前饋控制,可以確保控制系統整體的響應性,具有 能夠安定地實施高精度的控制的效果。 根據第2個本發明,在輥軋異常或是非穩定運轉之輥 軋狀態中’由於可以線上且即時地將控制參數予以最佳化 ’因此可以避免控制系統之動作受到外部要因或是內部參 數之變化的影響,具有提高輥軋精度的效果。 根據第3個本發明,由於同樣控制板厚與張力,當張 力位在一定範圍內時,讓板厚優先控制,而當在一定範圍 以外時,則讓張力優先控制,因此可以快速地抑制在輥軋 中之張力的急劇變化,而維持安定的運轉,此外則可提高 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) ---------^.4.-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、11 ^ -112 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(110) 板厚與張力兩者的控制精度,具有能夠提高製品品質的效 果。 又,根據本發明,由於對應於前述優先控制,利用響 應速度快的致動器來實施非干擾控制,因此可以即時地抑 制由響應速度慢的致動器所產生的干擾,具有能夠提高板 厚與張力兩者之控制精度的效果。 更者,根據本發明,即使是在冷軋、熱軋之輥軋工程 或是致動器之組合情況不同的時候,可提供容易構築或變 更系統之汎用型的控制系統。 根據第4個本發明,藉板速度與每個致動器之響應延 遲時間來追蹤到達下一機台爲止之前之輥軋材之板厚變動 的履歷資料,而根據可與板厚變動之相位時序配合之壓下 前饋指令與速度前饋指令來加以控制,因此可以確實地抵 消入側外亂因素所造成的影響,而提高板厚的控制精度。 又,由於進行速度前饋控制以便同時抵消由板厚變動 所造成之張力變動與由壓下前饋控制所造成之張力變動, 因此可以藉板厚與張力之協調控制來提高控制效果。 根據第5個本發明,狀態量使用壓下位置、後方張力 以及前機台之軋輥速度,而控制量則使用出側板厚與後方 張力,而藉該最佳伺服系統來實現輥軋控制,因此可以大 幅地提髙板厚精度。更者,由於控制量之出側板厚係使用 沒有閒置時間之位在軋輥正下方的推測板厚,因此可以即 時地針對外亂因素實施響應,而維持所希望的板厚精度, 且提高製品品質。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 -113 - 3〇16i6 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明( 111) 1 1 圖 面 之 簡 單 說 明 ; 1 1 1 ca 1 圖 1 係 表 本 發 明 之 第 1 實 施 例 之 輥 軋 控 制 裝 置 的 功 能 1 | 構 成 rm 圖 〇 請 ! 先 1 ΓΒ1 圖 2 係 表 應 用 本 發 明 之 輥 軋 機 控 制 系 統 的 構 成 rai 圖 〇 閲 1 背 1 圖 3 係 表 輥 軋 台 之 構 成 圖 0 之 1 I 圖 4 係 表 串 聯 式 輥 軋 機 之 控 制 系 統 的 概 略 構 成 fBl 圖 〇 意 事 1 項 I 圖 5 係 表 差 分 機 構 之 功 能 的 模 式 圖 〇 再 填 圖 6 係 表 狀 態 回 饋 機 挫 稱 之 功 能 的 模 式 圖 〇 寫 本 頁 私 1 圖 7 係 表 積 分 機 構 之 功 能 的 模 式 圖 0 1 | ΓΒ1 圖 8 係 表 預 測 指 令 控 制 系 統 之 功 能 構 成 圖 〇 1 I 圖 9 係 表 預 測 外 亂 控 制 系 統 之 功 能 構 成 圖 〇 1 1 訂 圖 1 0 係 表 回 饋 控 制 系 統 之 動 作 的 說 明 圖 〇 1 I 圖 1 1 係 表 預 測 指 令 控 制 系 統 之 動 作 的 說 明 圖 Ο 1 1 圖 1 2 係 表 預 測 外 亂 控 制 系 統 之 動 作 的 說 明 圖 〇 1 1 圖 1 3 係 表 本 發 明 之 第 2 實 施 例 之 包 含 控 制 模 型 修 正 1 、泉 裝 置 之 輥 軋 控 制 系 統 的 構 成 圖 〇 1 I 圖 1 4 係 表 輥 軋 機 之 動 作 說 明 rgri 圖 〇 1 1 I 圖 1 5 係 表 輥 軋 機 之 動 作 點 的 說 明 圖 〇 1 1 圖 1 6 係 表 母 材 變 化 時 之 動 作 點 的 說 明 圖 0 1 1 圆 圖 1 7 係 表 母 材 變 化 時 之 控 制 動 作 的 說 明 圖 〇 1 1 圖 1 8 係 用 於 說 明 構 成 最 佳 伺 服 系 統 之 D D C 控 制 器 1 1 之 控 制 系 統 之 構 成 的 說 明 圖 0 1 | 圖 1 9 係 表 事 態 檢 出 機 tM* 構 之 功 能 方 塊 圖 〇 1 I 圓 2 0 係 用 於 說 明 本 實 施 例 之 輥 軋 控 制 動 作 的 說 明 圓 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -114 - A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、· 發明説明( 112) 1 1 1 〇 圆 圖 2 1 係 表 本 發 明 之 第 3 實 施 例 之 輥 軋 控 制 裝 置 的 構 1 1 1 成 圖 〇 請 1 先 1 rat 圖 2 2 係 表 示 在 軋 輥 速 度 控 制 指 令 系 統 中 ♦ 表 示 回 饋 閱 ft 1 背 1 控 制 手 段 與 非 干 擾 控 制 手 段 之 詳 細 內 容 的 功 能 方 塊 ΓΒ1 圖 0 之 1 注 1 rsrj 圖 2 3 係 表 在 壓 下 位 置 控 制 指 令 系 統 中 表 示 回 饋 控 I 1 I 制 手 段 與 非 干 擾 控 制 手 段 之 詳 細 內 容 的 功 能 方 塊 圖 0 真 填 圖 2 4 係 用 於 說 明 優 先 控 制 手 段 £krl 與 控 制 增 益 演 算 手 段 % 本 頁 展 1 之 詳 細 內 容 的 功 能 方 塊 rsi 圓 〇 1 1 圖 2 5 係 表 優 先 控 制 手 段 與 控 制 增 益 演 算 手 段 之 處 理 1 I 順 序 的 流 程 圖 〇 1 1 訂 圖 2 6 係 表 非 干 擾 優 先 控 制 手 段 之 處 理 順 序 的 流 程 ΓΒ1 圖 1 1 圖 2 7 係 表 本 實 施 例 在 板 厚 優 先 控 制 時 之 輥 軋 系 統 的 1 1 1 ~~ 動 態 圖 0 1 〜象 1 I 固 圖 2 8 係 表 本 實 施 例 在 張 力 優 先 控 制 時 之 輥 軋 系 統 的 一 動 態 ΓΒ1 圖 〇 1 1 I 圖 2 9 係 表 本 實 施 例 之 第 4 實 施 例 之 輥 軋 機 控 制 裝 置 1 1 的 構 成 圖 〇 1 1 圖 3 0 係 用 於 說 明 板 厚 追 蹤 部 之 構 成 的 模 式 ren 圖 〇 1 1 圖 3 1 係 用 於 說 明 壓 下 閒 置 時 間 修 正 板 厚 追 蹤 部 之 模 1 I 式 圖 〇 1 I 圖 3 2 係 用 於 說 明 速 度 閒 置 時 間 修 正 板 厚 追 蹤 部 之 模 1 1 I 式 ΓΒ1 圖 0 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -115 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(113) 圖3 3係用於說明本實施例之輥軋控制裝置之動作的 流程圖。 圖3 4係用於說明影響係數之計算順序的流程圖。 圖3 5係用於說明速度指令之計算順序的流程圖》 圖3 6係用於說明壓下指令之計算順序的流程圖。 圖3 7係用於說明壓下指令與壓下裝置之響應的時序 圖。 圖3 8係用於說明速度指令與軋輥驅動裝置之響應的 時序圖。 圖3 9係用於說明壓下指令與壓下裝置之其他之響應 的時序圖。 圖4 0係用於說明速度指令與軋輥驅動裝置之其他之 響應的時序圓。 圖41係表本發明之第5實施例之輥軋控制裝置的構 成圖》 圖4 2係表連績式控制器(successive cuntrolor) 的說明圖。 圖4 3係表圖1之構成之控制參數與輸出入信號關係 的說明圖。 圖4 4係表狀態回饋控制系統的說明圖。 圖4 5係表控制量回饋控制系統的說明圖。 圖4 6係表指令產生機構的說明圖。 圖4 7係表質量流動(mass flow)板厚推測裝置的 說明圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 -116 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(114) 圖4 8係表偏移量(offset)除去過程的說明圖。 圖4 9係表本實施例之輥軋控制動作之有效性的說明 圖0 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -117 -yi = [Δ h. Δ rbl] T = [h.,-hMF, rb,,-rb,] T… (/ ^? 6) Integrating mechanism 21, then the deviation value of each control variable ^ hi, this The paper standard is applicable to China National Standard (CNS & A4) (210X297mm) (please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) 1. τ -108-Beigong Consumer Cooperation Du Printing Co., Ltd., Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (1 () 6) △ Tbi is multiplied by the integral gains f eii, f e12 and then integrated to obtain the position command component Sei of the i-th machine depression position. Similarly, After multiplying each deviation value by the integral gains f e21 and fe 22 and adding them, the integral is calculated to obtain the speed command of the roll drive device of the (i _ 1) th machine as * VRei. Figure 4 6 series table command The details of the generating mechanism 24, the command generating mechanism 24 determines the target value Ssi of the pressing command of the setting control system 4, the pressing command ASh from the proportional mechanism 20, and the pressing command Sei from the integrating mechanism 21 And generate the depression command Spi output to the depression position control device 13 of the i-th machine. Similarly, the setting is obtained The speed command of the control system 4, the speed command AVu id of the proportional mechanism 20, and the speed command V of the integral mechanism 2 1 to produce the speed command output to the roll drive device 16 of the (i-1) th machine V RpiH. Circle 4 is one of the observation devices 7 used to estimate the amount that cannot be directly measured, and indicates the plate thickness estimation device 70 used to estimate the plate thickness hMF directly below the roll. It will be located in the tandem type rolling mill The upper plate thickness Hi as the measured value of the plate thickness meter 3 1 and the incoming plate speed V ei as the measured value of the plate speed meter 3 2 and the down flow located at the i-th machine as the plate speed The output side plate speed V of the measured value of 3 4 is input to the calculation device 71, and the calculation of (number 107) is performed to obtain the output side plate thickness hMFi directly below the roll of the i-th machine. This paper size is applicable China National Standard Rate (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) ---------- ^ Zhang Yi-- (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page),?!-东 _ -109 -A7 B7 printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of Invention (1〇7) [Number 1 0 7 v β. hMFi 'Η j + Offset ". (107) v 〇i When calculating the thickness hMF (number 1 0 7) directly below the roll, it includes the deviation e that cannot be directly detected. Here By using the following method to obtain the deviation, the thickness hMF located directly under the roll can be estimated. As shown in FIG. 48, there is an idle time Td between the time immediately after the roll thickness actually changes (b) and the thickness measured by the plate thickness gauge 33 (c). The idle time becomes The distance between directly below the roll and the exit plate thickness gauge 33 is divided by the exit plate speed V. The value obtained by i. In addition, in the change of the thickness of the exit side, there are rolling effects caused by the gap and tension and those caused by the deviation. The deviation e, in the same figure (a), changes in stages as illustrated, but in fact it is a gentle change caused by roll temperature or roll wear. First, the idle time device 7 2 composed of, for example, a shift register delays the output hMFi of the calculation device 71 (the offset is initially set to 0), and the phase can be compared with the plate thickness meter 3 3 Output the thickness of the tracking board (d). In the adder 73, the difference between the tracking plate thickness and the output of the plate thickness meter 3 3 is obtained, and when noise is removed through the filter 74, the deviation e is obtained. When the deviation amount e is fed back to the calculation device 71, the thickness hMFi »can be calculated as shown by the circle (e), and the idle time Td will occur from the beginning of the deviation until the deviation is removed, and during this period The deviation of the paper is based on the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 gong) (please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page)-· Order-110-A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (108) e is the error (g). However, since the actual deviation is a slow change, the change component obtained from the previous deviation e is very small and can be ignored. The plate thickness h MF i located directly below the roll thus obtained can be provided to the differential mechanism 20 as the exit-side plate thickness hi without delay. That is, when the idle time Td is about 500ms and the control period is 20ms, the plate thickness directly below the roll at the current moment will be fed back to the 25th control command on the exit side plate thickness gauge. For example, since feedback can be removed immediately and without the influence of deviation, it is possible to significantly improve the response to the thickness of the exit side and improve product quality. Printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)-Figure 4 9 shows the control actions of the rolling control device of this embodiment. As shown in the same circle (a), when the external disturbance component occurs in the base material, the front tension τ f will change as shown in figure (b). In the past, when the front tension τ f was regarded as the state quantity, since the influence on the plate thickness was small, it was necessary to output a large control command. However, for control commands above a certain value, the amplifier of the actuator will saturate, and the control output will be as shown in the figure (c). As a result, the plate thickness h on the exit side will leave a large deviation as shown in figure (d), and a sufficient control effect cannot be obtained. In contrast, since the rear tension τ b has a great influence on the thickness of the plate, it can be controlled as shown in the figure (f), and the control output can be exerted by the unsaturated linear domain control, as shown in the figure (g) , Reduce the external disturbance components and improve the thickness accuracy. That is, this embodiment is applicable to the rolling process of the base material plate thickness of 2.3 mra and the product plate thickness of 0.233 mm, and the product plate thickness accuracy (the degree of deviation of the product plate thickness) is determined by the current AGC standard Applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -111-A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of Invention (109) 0.64% increased to 0.32%, approximately doubled . As described above, the roll control device of this embodiment uses the reduction position, the back tension with a large control effect, and the roll speed of the machine before the back tension control, and the control amount uses the roll directly below the idle time The thickness and the back tension of the machine can be used to output the operation command to the pressing device of its own machine and the optimal servo control system of the roll drive device of the front machine (or its own machine) and to find that there is no idle The combination of the plate thickness estimation device of the plate thickness just below the roll at the time can realize high-precision plate thickness control. (Effect of the invention) According to the first invention, in the control of the rolling mill where the operating point greatly changes, the input of the control system uses the difference value from the previous one, and by changing the control parameters, the abrupt change of the aforementioned control command can be controlled. In addition, by using predictive feedforward control at the same time, the responsiveness of the entire control system can be ensured, and the effect of being able to implement high-precision control stably. According to the second invention, in the rolling state where the rolling is abnormal or unstable, the control parameters can be optimized online and in real time. Therefore, the action of the control system can be prevented from external factors or internal parameters. The effect of the change has the effect of improving the rolling accuracy. According to the third invention, since the plate thickness and tension are also controlled, when the tension is within a certain range, the plate thickness is preferentially controlled, and when it is outside a certain range, the tension is preferentially controlled, so it can be quickly suppressed at The rapid changes in tension during rolling, while maintaining stable operation, in addition, can improve the paper size to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) --------- ^. 4.- -(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page), 11 ^ -112-A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Invention description (110) The control accuracy of both the thickness and tension, with Can improve the effect of product quality. In addition, according to the present invention, since the non-interference control is implemented using an actuator with a fast response speed corresponding to the priority control described above, interference caused by an actuator with a slow response speed can be suppressed in real time, and the thickness can be increased. The effect of the control accuracy of both tension and tension. Furthermore, according to the present invention, even when the rolling process of cold rolling or hot rolling or the combination of actuators are different, a general-purpose control system that can easily construct or change the system can be provided. According to the fourth invention, the board speed variation history of the rolled material before reaching the next machine is tracked by the board speed and the response delay time of each actuator, and according to the phase that can be changed with the board thickness The timing coordination is controlled by pressing down the feedforward command and the speed feedforward command, so it can surely offset the influence caused by the external disturbance factors on the input side, and improve the control accuracy of the thickness. In addition, since the speed feedforward control is performed to offset the tension change caused by the plate thickness change and the tension change caused by the press feedforward control at the same time, the control effect can be improved by the coordinated control of the plate thickness and the tension. According to the fifth invention, the state quantity uses the reduction position, the rear tension, and the roll speed of the front stand, while the control quantity uses the outboard thickness and the rear tension, and the optimal servo system is used to realize the rolling control, so It can greatly improve the accuracy of plate thickness. Furthermore, because the thickness of the outgoing side of the controlled quantity uses the estimated thickness just below the roll without idle time, it can respond to external disturbances in real time, while maintaining the desired thickness accuracy and improving product quality. . This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). Order-113-3〇16i6 Printed by the Consumer Labor Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Description of the invention (111) 1 1 Brief description of the drawing; 1 1 1 ca 1 Figure 1 shows the functions of the rolling control device of the first embodiment of the invention 1 | Composition rm Figure 〇 Please! First 1 ΓΒ1 Figure 2 Table 1 shows the configuration of the rolling mill control system of the present invention. Rai Figure 1 back 1 Figure 3 shows the structure of the table rolling table Figure 1 of Figure 1 I Figure 4 shows the schematic structure of the control system of the tandem type rolling machine fBl diagram Event 1 Item I Figure 5 is a model diagram of the function of the differential mechanism. Refill Figure 6 is a model of the function of the state feedback machine. Figure 〇 Write this page privately 1 Figure 7 The model diagram of the function of the table integral mechanism 0 1 | ΓΒ1 Figure 8 The functional structure of the table predictive command control system 〇1 I Figure 9 The functional structure of the table predictive disorder control system 〇1 1 Order Figure 1 0 Descriptive diagram of the operation of the feedback control system 〇1 I Figure 1 1 Descriptive diagram of the operation of the predictive command control system Ο 1 1 Figure 1 2 Describe the operation of the disturbance control system Explanatory drawing 〇1 1 FIG. 1 3 shows the structure of the rolling control system including the control model correction 1 and the spring device in the second embodiment of the present invention. 〇1 I FIG. 1 4 shows the operation of the rolling mill rgri chart. 1 1 I Figure 1 5 Explaining the operating points of the watch rolling mill 〇1 1 Figure 1 6 Explaining the operating points when the watch base material changes 0 1 1 Circle 1 7 is an explanatory diagram of the control operation when the base material changes. 1 1 FIG. 18 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the configuration of the control system of the DDC controller 1 1 that constitutes the optimal servo system. 0 1 | FIG. 1 9 The functional block diagram of the tM * configuration of the state detection machine 〇1 I Circle 2 0 is a description circle used to explain the rolling control operation of this embodiment. Circle 1 1 The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 Mm) -114-A7 B7 Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of the invention (112) 1 1 1 〇Circle 2 1 shows the structure of the rolling control device of the third embodiment of the invention 1 1 1 Picture 〇Please 1 first 1 rat Picture 2 2 shows in the roll speed control command system ♦ means feedback ft 1 back 1 details of control means and non-interference control means Function block ΓΒ1 Figure 1 of 0 Note 1 rsrj Figure 2 3 is a functional block diagram showing the details of the feedback control I 1 I control means and non-interference control means in the depressed position control command system. The functional block rsi circle for describing the priority control means £ krl and the control gain calculation means% on page 1 of this page 1 Figure 2 5 is a flowchart showing the processing of the priority control means and control gain calculation means 1 I sequence 〇1 1 Order Figure 2 6 is a flow chart showing the processing sequence of the non-interference priority control means ΓΒ1 Figure 1 1 Figure 2 7 is a table 1 1 1 ~~ dynamic graph of the rolling system in the embodiment of the plate thickness priority control 1 ~ like 1 I solid figure 2 8 series table in this embodiment in the tension priority control rolling system A general dynamic ΓΒ1 Figure 〇1 1 I Figure 2 9 shows the structure of the rolling mill control device 1 1 in the fourth embodiment of this embodiment. Figure 1 0 shows the structure of the thickness tracking part Mode ren Figure 〇1 1 Figure 3 1 is used to explain the pressing idle time correction plate thickness tracking part of the mold 1 I type diagram 〇1 I Figure 3 2 is used to explain the speed idle time correction plate thickness tracking part of the mold 1 1 I type ΓΒ1 Picture 0 1 1 This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) -115-A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy V. Invention description (113) Figure 3 3 It is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the rolling control device of this embodiment. Figure 34 is a flowchart for explaining the calculation sequence of the influence coefficient. Fig. 35 is a flowchart for explaining the calculation sequence of the speed command. Fig. 36 is a flowchart for explaining the calculation sequence of the reduction command. Fig. 37 is a timing chart for explaining the pressing command and the response of the pressing device. Fig. 38 is a time chart for explaining the speed command and the response of the roll drive device. Fig. 39 is a timing chart for explaining the pressing command and other responses of the pressing device. Figure 40 is a timing circle for explaining the speed command and other responses of the roll drive. Fig. 41 is a diagram showing the configuration of a rolling control device according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 42 is an explanatory diagram showing a continuous cuntrolor. Figure 4 3 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the control parameters and the input and output signals of the structure shown in Figure 1. Fig. 4 is an explanatory diagram of the state feedback control system of the 4 series table. Fig. 4 is an explanatory diagram of the feedback control system of the control quantity of the 5 series table. Figure 4 6 is an explanatory diagram of the table command generation mechanism. Fig. 4 is an explanatory diagram of the mass flow plate thickness estimation device. This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). Order-116-A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (114) Figure 4 8 series offset An explanatory diagram of the amount (offset) removal process. Figure 4 9 is an explanatory diagram showing the effectiveness of the rolling control action of this embodiment. (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -117-

Claims (1)

AB,CDAB, CD 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 七、申請專利範圍 第8 3 1 1 1 2 7 5號專利申請案 中文申請專利範圍修正本 民國8 5年3* ·月修正 1 . 一種輥軋機控制方法,其主要係一在藉設定計算 而分別變更控制參數與指令値(目標値)時,可決定操作 量以便使該指令値與依一定週期被計測之控制量的偏差消 除而控制在所希望之板厚度的輥軋機控制方法,其特徵在 於: 在每次依前述一定週期來計測輥軋過程之多個狀態量 時,可就各狀態量求取與前次値的狀態差分値,且將該些 狀態差分値與前述控制參數之一的狀態回饋係數相乘,而 求取狀態回饋系統的操作量偏差; 在前述每次週期,就根據前述設定計算而輸出之先行 指令値及/或作爲外亂之一而被計測之入側板厚等的各預 測値,而求取與前次値的預測差分値,且依序將之記憶到 控制時點爲止,在控制時點,將以後(未來)之多個步驟 的預測差分値與前述控制參數之一的預測前饋係數相乘, 而求取預測控制系統的操作量偏差; 將前述狀態回饋系統之操作量偏差與前述預測控制系 統之操作量偏差乘上前次步驟中的操作量相乘,且將之輸 出到輥軋機之致動器。 2 . —種輥軋機控制方法,其主要係一在藉設定計算 而分別變更控制參數與指令値(目標値)時,可決定操作 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 7. Patent application No. 8 3 1 1 1 2 7 5 Patent application Chinese application Patent scope amendment The Republic of China 1985 years 3 * · Month amendment 1. A rolling mill control The method is mainly to change the control parameters and the command value (target value) by setting calculations, the operation amount can be determined so that the deviation between the command value and the control amount measured in a certain period is eliminated and controlled to the desired The method of controlling the thickness of the rolling mill is characterized in that each time a plurality of state quantities of the rolling process are measured according to the aforementioned predetermined period, the state difference value from the previous value can be obtained for each state quantity, and the These state differential values are multiplied by the state feedback coefficient of one of the aforementioned control parameters to obtain the operation amount deviation of the state feedback system; in each of the aforementioned cycles, the preceding command value and / or output as calculated according to the aforementioned setting calculations are output The predicted value of the thickness of the incoming side plate, which is one of the external disturbances, is calculated, and the predicted difference value from the previous value is obtained, and it is stored in sequence until the control time point. At a point in time, multiply the prediction difference value of the following (future) steps by the prediction feed-forward coefficient of one of the aforementioned control parameters to obtain the operation amount deviation of the predictive control system; the operation amount deviation of the aforementioned state feedback system and The operation amount deviation of the aforementioned predictive control system is multiplied by the operation amount in the previous step, and it is output to the actuator of the rolling mill. 2. A roll mill control method, which is mainly to determine the operation of this paper size to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) when the control parameters and the command value (target value) are changed by setting calculations respectively ) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 量以便使該指令値與依一定週測被計測之控制量的偏差消 除而控制在所希望之板厚度的輥軋機控制方法,其特徵在 於: 在每次依前述一定週期來計測輥軋過程之多個狀態量 時,則就各狀態量求取與前次値的狀態差分値,且將這些 狀態差分値與前述控制參數之一的狀態量回饋係數相乘而 求取狀態回饋系統的操作量偏差U1; 就在前述每次週期先行給予之一定步驟未來的指令値 與已經被記憶之控制時點以後(未來)之各步驟的指令値 ,而求取與各前次値之指令差分値,將該些指令差分値與 前述控制參數之一的指令前饋係數FR相乘,而求取指令 前饋系統的操作量偏差U2; 將前述操作量偏差U 1與U 2乘上前述步驟中的操作 量,且將之输出到輥軋機的致動器。 3 . —種輥軋機控制方法,其主要係一在藉設定計算 而分別變更控制參數與指令値(目標値)時,可決定操作 量以便使該指令値與依一定週期被計測之控制量的偏差消 除而控制在所希望之板厚度的輥軋機控制方法,其特徵在 於: 在每次依前述一定週期來計測輥軋過程之多個狀態量 時,就各狀態量求取與前次値的狀態差分値,且將該些狀 態差分値與前述控制參數之一的狀態量回饋係數F X相乘 ,而求取狀態回饑系統的操作量偏差U1; 除了將在每次依前述一定週期被計測,而至少包含入 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印袋 A8 B8 C8 D8六、申請專利範圍 側板厚偏差的預測外亂値減去前次値而求取預測外亂差分 値外,且追蹤前述入側板厚偏差部的位置,當推定該部分 到達輥子正下方時,則將前述預測外亂差分値與以後(未 來)之各預測外亂差分値以及前述控制參數之一的預測外 亂前饋係數F d相乘,而求取預測外亂前饋系統的操作量 偏差U 3 ; 將前述操作量偏差U 1與U 3乘上前述步驟中的操作 量,且將之輸出到輥軋機的致動器。 4 . 一種輥軋機控制方法,其主要係一在藉設定計算 而分別變更控制參數與指令値(目標値)時,可決走操作 量以便使該指令値與依一定週測被計測之控制量的偏差消 除而控制在所希望之板厚度的輥軋機控制方法,其特徵在 於: 在每次依前述一定週期來計測輥軋過程之多個狀態量 時,則就各狀態量求取與前次値的狀態差分値,且將這些 狀態差分値與前述控制參數之一的狀態量回饋係數相乘而 求取狀態回饋系統的操作量偏差U1: 就在前述每次週期先行給予之一定步驟未來的指令値 與已經被記憶之控制時點以後(未來)之各步驟的指令値 ’而求取與各前次値之指令差分値,將該些指令差分値與 前述控制參數之一的指令前饋係數1^1^相乘,而求取指令 前饋系統的操作量偏差U2; 除了將在每次依前述一定週期被計測,而至少包含入 側板厚偏差的預測外亂値減去前次値而求取預測外亂差分 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2!0X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. 訂 4' A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 値外,且追蹤前述入側板厚偏差部的位置,當推定該部分 到達輥子正下方時,則將前述預測外亂差分値與以後(未 來)之各預測外亂差分値以及前述控制參數之一的預測外 亂前饋係數F d相乘,而求取預測外亂前饋系統的操作量 偏差U 3 ; 將前述操作量偏差U 1,U 2以及U 3乘上前述步驟 中的操作量,且將之輸出到輥軋機之致動器。 5 .如申請專利範圍第4項之輥軋機控制方法,前述 操作量爲出側板厚偏差、荷重偏差、軋輥速度偏差以及出 側張力偏差f ,前述指令値爲板厚指令偏差以]ί張力 指令偏差,該些偏差是與根據各設定計算所得到之規定値 的差。 6 .如申請專利範圍第4或5項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述操作量以及前述操作量偏差係由軋輥壓下位置成分與 軋輥速度成分所構成,而針對各成分求取。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印策 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 7 .如申請專利範圍第5項之輥軋機控制方法,前述 荷重偏差可由用於計測軋輥間之間隙的壓下位置偏差所取 代。 8 . —種輥軋機控制裝置,其主要係具有可依一定週 期計測輥軋機之多數狀態量的檢出裝置,而利用所檢出之 狀態量產生對應於致動器的操作量,其特徵在於具有: 對伴隨輥軋機之指令(目標値)的計算或是動作點的 變更之各控制系統的控制參數進行修正的設定控制裝置; 由可算出由檢出裝置所計測之前述狀態値與前次値的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) A8 Βδ C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 差分而求取狀態差分値的第1差分手段以及將該狀態量差 分値與由前述設定控制裝置所設定的第1控制參數相乘而 求取第1操作量偏差的狀態回饋控制手段而構成的第1回 饋控制系統。: ! 由如使前/述狀態量之一部分的控制量與由前述設定控 制裝置所給予之指令的偏差消除般地求取第2操作量偏差 之控制量回饋控制手段而構成的第2回饋控制系統; 由可將自前述設定控制裝置,在前述每次一定週期先 行給予之一定步驟未來之指令値的記憶裝置,在每次步驟 依序移位而加以記憶之追蹤手段、根據在所記億之¥制時 點以後之各步驟的指令値,而求取與各前次値之指令差分 値的第2差分手段以及將該些指令差分値與由前述設定控 制裝置所設定之第2控制參數相乘而求取第3操作量偏差 之指令前饋控制手段所構成的第1前饋控制系統及; 具有可將前述第1操作量偏差、第2操作量偏差以及 第3操作量偏差乘上次操作量的積分手段,而決定輸出到 前述致動器之操作量的輸出裝置。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 9 .如申請專利範圍第8項之輥軋機控制裝置,前述 檢出裝置具備出側板厚檢測計、張力檢測計、壓下荷重檢 測以及軋輥速度檢測計。 1 0 .如申請專利範圍第8或9項之輥軋機控制裝置 ,具備有由在前述每一定週期可計測入側板厚之檢出手段 、算出與前次値的差分而求取外亂差分値的第3差分手段 、除了記憶各步驟之外亂差分値外,亦推測到達輥軋正下 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4規格(210Χ297公釐) ABCD 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 六、申請專利範圍 方之情況的追蹤手段、將控制時點與之後1個步驟之各外 亂差分値乘上由前述設定控制裝置所設定之第3控制參數 而算出第4操作量偏差之預測外亂前饋控制手段所構成的 第2前饋控制系統,而藉前述積分手段對前述第4操作量 偏差實施積分。 、· . / / \ / 1 1 .如申請專利範圍第8 ' 9項之輥軋機控制裝置 ,前述致動器係由軋輥壓下裝置與軋輥驅動裝置,前述操 作量係針對每個軋輥壓下位置成分與軋輥速度成分而被求 取,前者係輸出到軋輥壓下裝置,而後者係輸出到軋輥驅 動裝置。 / 1 2 . —種輥軋機控制方法,其主要係求取根據輥軋 形式所決定之設定値與依一定週期所檢出之狀態或控制量 之實測値的偏差,且藉一定之控制參數對該偏差實施回饋 控制,而決定致動器之操作指令,而特徵在於: 藉前述輥軋形式之逆設定計算,使一定輥軋參數配合 前述實測値,而根據可將用於決定前述控制參數之控制模 型之適應修正能夠配合前述實測値之一定輥軋參數,而判 斷輥軋過程之一定狀態。 1 3 .如申請專利範圍第1 2項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述一定輥軋參數包含輥軋荷重之適應修正係數。 1 4 .如申請專利範圍第1 3項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述輥軋荷重之適應修正係數,則是藉回歸法而根據前述 輥軋模型之輥軋荷重之預測値與實測値來求取。 1 5 .如申請專利範圍第1 2,1 3或1 4項之輥軋 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -------'---* —裝------訂-----』 線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央榇隼局員工消費合作杜印製 A8 B8 C8 _______ D8 六、申請專利範圍 機控制方法,求取與和多數前述狀態量以及控制量之所有 要素或是一部分之要素的實測値呈對應之各設定値的差, 當根據各偏差値所求得之評價値超過事先所決定之容許値 時’則判斷爲前述輥軋過程之一定狀態。 1 6 .如申請專利範圍第1 5項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述評價値爲壓下位置偏差、輥軋速度偏差、後方張力偏 差以及出側板厚偏差的自乘平均誤差。 1 7 .如申請專利範圍第1 2,1 3或1 4項之輥軋 機控制方法,檢測輥軋速度之加速時或是減速時之非穩定 運轉狀態,而判斷爲前述輥軋過程的一定狀態,該¥穩定 運轉狀態之持績期間,係藉一定的觸發週期來實施前述控 制模型的適應修正。 1 8 .如申請專利範圍第1 2,1 3或14項之輥軋 機控制方法,可配合前述實測値之前述一定輥軋參數則被 反映在前述輥軋模型之設定計算上。 1 9 . 一種輥軋機控制裝置,其主要備有:可依一定 週期檢測輥軋機之狀態量或控制量之實績値的檢出裝置、 具有輥軋模型而決定動作點之設定控制裝置、如將與每次 變更動作點時將被設定之目標値(設定値)呈對應之前述 實績値的偏差設成零般地決定致動器之操作指令的D D C 控制裝置,其特徵在於具備: 由前述輥軋模型之逆設定計算,可使輥軋荷重之適應 修正係數等之一定輥軋參數能夠配合前述實測値的輥軋參 數計算手段、根據該一定輥軋參數而求取可模擬D D C控 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1 - HL — II -...... I I I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 制裝置之控制模型之狀態方程式線性化手段以及根據該狀 態方程式而計算、更新D D C控制裝置之控制參數的控制 參數控制手段所構成的控制模型適應修正裝置及; 判斷輥軋過程之一定狀態而输出可執行前述控制摸型 適應修正裝置之起動信號的起動裝置。 2 0 .如申請專利範圍第1 9項之輥軋機控制裝置, 前述起動裝置乃具備: 針對前述狀態量以及控制量之所有要素或是一部分之 要素之實測値,而在所對應之設定値與各個之間求取偏差 ,當根據該偏差所求得之評價値超過事先所設定的_許値 時,則判斷爲前述一定狀態,而輸出前述起動信號的事態 檢出裝置及; 當檢出輥軋速度之加速或是減速等之非穩定運轉狀態 時,則判斷爲前述輥軋過程之一定狀態,該非穩定運轉狀 態之持續期間,則優先於前述事態檢出裝置,而依一定的 起動週期輸出前述起動信號的非穩定運轉檢出裝置。 2 1 種輥軋機控制方法,係一可同時控制板厚以 及張力之輥軋機控制方法,其特徵在於:當張力相對於目 標値之實測値的偏差位在事先所設定之一定張力範圍(容 許値)時,則讓板厚控制優先,當位在前述一定張力範圍 外時,則讓張力控制優先。 2 2 .如申請專利範圍第2 1項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述一定張力範圍(容許値)則對應於張力之前述目標値 的値而被設定成被區分多數的各分類。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -•a 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 ^016 !〇 ?8s D8 六、申請專利範圍 2 3 .如申請專利範圍第2 1或2 2項之輥軋機控制 方法,前述板厚控制的優先,係讓用於板厚控制之板厚控 制增益相對於用於張力控制之張力控制增益爲高。 2 4 .如申請專利範圍第2 3項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述板厚控制增益係被設定板厚之實測値相對於板厚之目 標値之偏差的函數。 2 5 .如申請專利範圍第2 1或2 2項之輥軋機控制 方法,前述張力之優先,係讓用於張力板厚控制之張力控 制增益相對於用於板厚控制之板厚控制增益爲高。 2 6 .如申請專利範圍第2 5項之輥軋機控制¥法, 前述張力控制增益,係將讓前述張力控制優先時的値設得 較不讓其優先時的値爲高。 2 7 .如申請專利範圍第2 1或2 2項之輥軋機控制 方法,板厚之實測値使用軋輥正下方的推測値,而張力之 實測値則使用後方張力之推測値。 2 8 . —種輥軋機控制方法,其主要係一讓壓下裝置 與軋輥驅動裝置之致動器動作,而同時控制板厚以及張力 之輥軋機控制方法,其特徵在於:藉對響應速度快之致動 器實施非干擾控制,可消除相對於由板厚或是張力控制所 產生之張力或板厚的干擾。 2 9 .如申請專利範圍第2 8項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述非干擾控制,當前述壓下裝置之響應速度快時,則將 根據實測値相對於板厚之目標値的板厚偏差或是根據該板 厚偏差而至前述軋輥驅動裝置的控制指令與乘上張力非干 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝· 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 A8 Βδ C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 擾控制增益之非干擾壓下指令輸出到前述壓下裝置。 3 0 .如申請專利範圍第2 8項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述非干擾控制,當前述壓下裝置之響應速度快時,則將 根據實測値相對於張力之目標値的張力偏差或是根據該張 力偏差而至前述軋輥驅動裝置的控制指令與乘上板厚非干 擾控制增益之非干擾壓下指令輸出到前述壓下裝置。 3 1 .如申請專利範圍第2 8,2 9或3 0項之輥軋 機控制方法,前述非干擾控制係配合由響應速度慢之致動 器所產生之干擾的相位而實施。 3 2 . —種輥軋機控制方法,其主要係一讓壓+裝置 與軋輥驅動裝置之致動器動作,而同時控制板厚以及張力 之輥軋機控制方法,其特徵在於: 實施一當實測値相對於張力之目檩値的張力偏差位在 事先所設定之一定張力範圍(容許値)時,則讓板厚控制 優先,而當位在前述一定張力範圍外時,則讓張力控制優 先的優先控制: 而藉對響應速度快之致動器實施非干擾控制,可以消 除由對響應速度慢之致動器所實施之前述優先控制而產生 的干擾。 3 3 .如申請專利範圍第3 2項之輥軋機控制方法, 在前述軋輥驅動裝置實施前述板厚控制,而在前述壓下裝 置實施前述張力控制的冷輥軋的情況下,當前述板厚控制 優先時,則使至前述軋輥驅動裝置之控制指令値較至前述 壓下裝置之控制指令値爲大,而且將根據至前述軋輥驅動 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝. 訂 J -10 - 經濟部中央標芈局負工消費合作社印裝 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 裝置的控制指令値所產生之張力非干擾控制指令値輸出到 響應速度快之前述壓下裝置。 3 4 .如申請專利範圍第3 2項之輥軋機控制方法, 在前述壓下裝置實施前述板厚控制,而在前述軋輥驅動裝 置實施前述張力控制之熱輥軋的情況下,當前述張力控制 優先時,則使至前述軋輥驅動裝置之控制指令値較至前述 壓下之裝置之控制指令値爲大,而且將根據至前述軋輥驅 動裝置之控制指令値所產生之板厚非干擾控制指令値輸出 到響應速度快之前述壓下裝置。 3 5 .如申請專利範圍第3 2〜3 4項之任一^之輥 軋機控制方法,前述軋輥驅動裝置係一前機台(stand ) 者。 3 6 .—種輥軋機控制方法,其主要係一如使由設定 計算而針對每站所設定之板厚以及後方張力之目標値與其 實測値或是推測値的偏差消除般地,讓軋輥驅動裝置與壓 下裝置動作,而同時控制輥軋材之板厚以及張力之輥軋機 控制方法,其特徵在於: 當在以響應時間常數大之前述軋輥驅動裝置爲主而實 施板厚控制,而以響應時間常數小之前述壓下裝置爲主而 實施張力控制的冷輥軋的情況下; 相對於將前述後方張力之目標値,針對根據其大小而 區分之每個分類所事先設定之前述張力範圍(容許値), 實施一當前述後方張力之目標値與實測値之張力偏差位在 前述一定張力範圍內時,則讓板厚控制指令値較他者爲高 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) _ -11 - ----------- ..^------、訂------1 4 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ABCD 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 々、申請專利範圍 ,而當位在前述張力範圍外時,則讓張力控制指令値較他 者爲髙的優先控制; 在板厚之優先控制時,令前述板厚控制指令値與乘上 張力非干擾控制增益之非干擾控制指令値,延遲一根據前 述軋輥驅動裝置與前述壓下裝置之響應時間常數的求得之 非干擾指令閒置時間,在實施張力之非優先控制以前,乃 自前述張力控制指令値減去。 3 7 . —種輥軋機之控制裝置,其主要係一由檢出裝 置,根據設定計算進行目標値等之設定的設定控制手段、 如使板厚以及張力之目標値與實測値之偏差消除般ίέ加以 控制之回饋控制手段以及根據來自該控制手段之控制指令 而動作之壓下裝置與軋輥驅動裝置所構成,而能夠同時控 制板厚與張力之輥軋機之控制裝置,其特徵在於: 具備有一相對於針對區分張力之目標値之各分類所事 先設定之一定張力範圍(容許値),當張力之偏差位在該 範圍內時,則讓板厚控制優先,而當張力之偏差位在該範 圍外時,則讓張力控制優先,而決定前述回饋控制手段之 控制增益的優先控制手段。 3 8 .如申請專利範圍第3 7項之輥軋機控制裝置, 前述優先控制手段具備有一可使由前述設定控制手段所設 定之板厚控制增益以及張力控制增益,對應於優先的控制 ,而使其中一者較另一者爲高般地加以調整之控制增益調 整係數演算手段。 3 9 .如申請專利範圍第3 7或3 8項之輥軋機控制 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) -----裝------訂------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -12 - ABCD 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 々、申請專利範圍 裝置,具備有由可消除由前述回饋控制系統之板厚控制所 產生之對張力之干擾的張力非干擾控制手段及/或可消除 由張力控制所產生之對板厚之干擾的板厚非干擾控制手段 而構成的非千擾控制手段。 4 0 .如申請專利範圍第3 9項之輥軋機控制裝置, 具備有一可將自前述設定控制手段針對前述張力非干擾控 制手段與前述板厚非干擾控制手段分別設定之張力非干擾 控制增益與板厚非干擾控制增益,對應於前述壓下裝置與 軋輥驅動裝置之響應時間常數之大小關係而使之成爲有效 或無效的非干擾控制增益調整手段。 < 4 1 .如申請專利範圍第4 0項之輥軋機控制裝置, 前述非干擾控制增益調整手段,當前述壓下裝置之響應時 間常數小,且前述回饋控制手段讓前述軋輥驅動裝置之板 厚控制優先實施時,則使前述板厚非干擾控制增益成爲有 .效,而實施前述張力非干擾控制手段。 4 2 .如申請專利範圍第3 7或3 8項之輥軋機控制 裝置,前述非干擾控制手段具有一可對應於前述壓下裝置 與前述軋輥驅動裝置之響應時間常數的差分而使輸出延遲 的延遲手段。 4 3 .如申請專利範圍第3 7或3 8項之輥軋機控制 裝匱,設置可根據由前述檢出裝置所測定之入側板厚、入 側速度以及出側速度而推測軋輥正下方之板厚的板厚推測 手段,而根據板厚之目標値與前述軋輥正下方之板厚的差 分而求取前述板厚偏差。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準·( CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ----------I 裝-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 -13 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 4 4 .如申請專利範圍第3 7或3 8項之任一項之輥 軋機控制裝置,具備一可控制而使作爲狀態量之壓下位置 、張力以及各軋輥速度之來自前述設定控制手段之設定値 與實測値的偏差得以消除之狀態量回饋手段,而與前述回 饋控制手段一起構成最佳伺服系統。 4 5 .—種輥軋機控制裝置,其主要係一由可同時控 制使所實測之板厚以及張力與其目標値的偏差得以消除的 回饋控制手段、如使由板厚或是張力的控制對張力或板厚 所造成的干擾得以抵消而加以控制之非干擾控制手段以及 對應於來自該些控制手段的控制指令而動作之壓下^置與 軋輥驅動裝置所構成,而能同時控制板厚與張力之輥軋機 控制裝置,其特徵在於具備: 使對應於由前述回饋控制系統所設定之板厚偏差的控 制增益、對應於張力之控制增益,能夠對應於所應用之冷 軋工程或是熱軋工程之差異及/或板厚優先或是張力優先 控制而變更之控制增益調整手段以及使對應於由前述非干 擾控制系統所設定之板厚偏差的張力非干擾控制增益,對 應於張力偏差之板厚非干擾控制增益,而對應於前述壓下 裝置與前述軋輥驅動裝置之響應時間常數而加以調整之非 干擾控制增益調整手段。 4 6 . —種輥軋控制方法,其主要係一可對壓下裝置 與軋輥驅動裝置分別實施前饋控制,而控制輥軋材之板厚 以及張力之多台輥軋機控制方法,其特徵在於: 依一定週期來檢出各台之壓下裝置、軋輥周速、出側 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) --L------^丨裝------訂-----卜線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A8 Βδ C8 D8 々、申請專利範圍 之板厚以及與下一機台之間的板速度; 使對應於自前述出側之板厚的檢出裝置到下一機台爲 止之位置而記億之前述板厚的履歷資料列,能夠對應於在 前站出側所檢出之前述板速度而邊移位,且記憶最新被檢 出之前述板厚; 自前述履歷資料列之前述下一機台側選擇出與在事先 所給予之前述壓下裝置的響應延遲時間內產生移動之輥軋 材的移動距離相當的板厚資料,而根據所選擇之板厚資料 求取輸出到進行壓下前饋控制之前述壓下裝置的壓下指令 ,同樣地則根據前述軋輥驅動裝置之響應延遲時間,/而自 前述履歷資料列所選擇之板厚資料,而求取輸出到進行速 度前饋控制之前述軋輥驅動裝置的速度指令。 4 7 . —種輥軋控制方法,其主要係一可對壓下裝置 與軋輥驅動裝置實施回饋以及前饋控制,而控制輥軋材之 板厚以及張力之多台輥軋機控制方法,其特徵在於: 依一定週期來檢出各站之壓下裝置、軋輥周速、出側 之板厚以及與下一機台之間之張力與板速度; 將前述壓下位置、軋輥周速以及張力加以回饋,而針 對每個機台演算第1壓下指令與第1速度指令; 使對應於自前述出側之板厚的檢出位置到下一機台之 軋輥正下方爲止之位置而分割的多個記億區間所記憶之前 述板厚的履歷資料列,能夠對應於自根據在前機台出側所 檢出之前述板速度所推測之前次檢出時點開始之輥軋材的 移動距離,使前述履歷資料列朝下一機台方向而移位,且 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. 訂 -15 - S01616 A8 B8 C8 D8 經濟部中央梂準局貝工消費合作社印裝 六、申請專利範 ‘圍 將 此 次 所 檢 出 之 刖 述 板 厚 記 憶 在 由 刖 述 移 位 所 空 出 之 記 憶 區 間 內 : 白 刖 述 履 tag» 歷 資 料 列 中 選 擇 出 與 在 事 先 所 設 定 之 刖 述 壓 下 裝 置 以 及 刖 述 軋 輥 驅 動 裝 置 之 各 響 ate 應 延 遲 時 間 內 產 生 移 動 之 輥 軋 材 之 移 動 距 離 相 當 , 且 與 距 刖 述 下 一 機 台 側 之 距 離 呈 對 應 的 板 厚 ί 根 據 由 壓 下 響 ate 應 延 遲 時 間 所 選 擇 之 板 厚 而 求 取 進 行 壓 下 前 饋 的 第 2 壓 下 指 令 9 又 根據 由 速 度 響 應 延 遲 時 間 所 選 擇 之 板 厚 而 求 取 進 行 速 度 A./,. 刖 饋 的 第 2 速 度 指 令 9 而 將 刖 述 第 1 壓 下 指 令 與 刖 述 第 2 壓 下 指 令 相 加 來 控 制 刖 述 ύ 下 裝 置 9 此 外 則 將 刖 述 第 1 速 度 指 令 與前 述 第 2 速 度 指 令 相 加 而 控 制 刖 述 軋 輥 驅 動 裝 置 0 4 8 如 串 請 專 利 範 圍 第 4 7 項 之 輥 軋 控制 方 法 -X-fc. 刖 述 第 2 速 度 指 令係 用 於 抑 制 由 在 刖 述 _w,· 刖 機 台 出 側 所 檢 出 之 板 厚 的 變 動 所 導 致 之 輥 軋 現 象 的 變 動 Ο 4 9 如 丰 請 專 利 範 圍 第 4 7 或 4 8 項 之 輥 軋 控 制 方 法 9 ^ ·-刖 述 壓 下 響 應 延 遲 時 間 包 括 < *- 刖 述 壓 下 裝 置 之 閒 置 時 間 9 而 、a* 刖 述 速 度 響 應 延 遲 時 間 包 括 刖 述 軋 輥 驅 動 裝 置 的 閒 置 時 間 〇 5 0 • * 種 輥 軋 控 制 方 法 1 其 主 要 係 ~' 可 依 — 定 週 期 對 壓 下 裝 置 與 軋 輥 驅 動 裝 置 進 行 回 饋 以 及 刖 饋 控 制 而 控 制 輥 軋 材 之 板 厚 以 及 張 力 之 多 台 輥 軋 機 控 制 方 法 9 其 特 徵 在 於 • 依 一 定 週 期 來 檢 出 各 機 台 之 壓 下 裝 置 、 軋 輥 周 速 、 出 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2IOX297公釐) • 16 · 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 側之板厚以及與下一機台之間之張力與板速度; 使對應於自前述出側之板厚的檢出位置到下一機台之 軋輥正下方爲止所分割之多個位置而分割的多個記憶區間 所記憶之前述板厚的履歷資料列,能夠對應於自根據在前 機台出側所檢出之前述板速度所推測之前次檢出時點開始 之輥軋材的移動距離,使前述履歷資料列朝下一機台方向 而移位,且將此次所檢出之前述板厚記憶在由前述移位所 空出之記憶區間內; 自前述履歷資料列中選擇出與在事先所設定之前述壓 下裝置以及前述軋輥驅動裝置之各響應延遲時間內ί生移 動之輥軋材之移動距離相當,且與距前述下一機台側之各 距離呈對應的板厚; 根據由壓下響應延遲時間所選擇之第1板厚而求取進 行壓下前饋控制的壓下指令,且根據由速度響應延遲時間 所選擇之第2板厚而求取進行速度前饋控制之速度指令, 在同一時間输出可抑制彼此不同之板厚之變動的前述壓下 指令與前述速度指令。 5 1 種輥軋機控制裝置,其主要係一可藉回饋控 制手段以及前饋控制手段來控制各壓下裝置與軋輥驅動裝 置,而控制輥軋材之板厚以及張力之多台輥軋機控制裝置 ,其特徵在於具有: 在每個機台設置:用於檢出輥軋材之出側板厚的板厚 檢出手段,用於檢出軋輥壓下位置之壓下位置檢出手段、 用於檢出軋輥周速之軋輥周速檢出手段、在與下一機台之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) HI HI ^ϋ— ——--I —ΜΜ 士 n (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 17 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A8 B8 C8 D8 々、申請專利範圍 間用於檢出輥軋材之板速度的板速度檢出手段以及張力的 張力檢出手段; 根據來自前述壓下位置檢出手段之壓下位置,來自前 述軋輥周速檢出手段之軋輥周速以及來自前述張力檢出手 段之張力,針對每個站演算用於操作前述壓下裝置之第1 壓下指令與用於操作前述軋輥驅動裝置之第1速度指令而 構成的回饋控制手段; 由根據來自前機台出側之前述板厚檢出手段的板厚資 料與來自前述板速度檢出手段的板速度,而記憶至到達下 一站爲止之輥軋材之各被測定點之板厚的履歷資料進行 追蹤之板厚追蹤手段、用於設定前述壓下裝置以及前述軋 輥驅動裝置之各響應之閒置時間的輸入手段、根據來自前 述輸入手段之壓下裝置閒置時間與軋輥驅動裝置閒置時間 以及前述板速度,而對來自前述板厚追蹤手段之履歷資料 之記憶位置進行修正之壓下閒置時間修正板厚追蹤手段以 及速度閒置時間修正板厚追蹤手段,根據來自前述壓下閒 置時間修正板厚追蹤手段之履歷資料而演算第2壓下指令 之壓下前饋演算手段以及根據來自前述閒置時間修正板厚 追蹤手段之履歷資料而演算第2速度指令之速度前饋演算 手段而構成的前饋控制手段及; 將前述第1壓下指令與前述第2壓下指令相加,且將 之輸出到前述壓下裝置,此外則將前述第1速度指令與前 述第2速度指令相加,而將之輸出到前述軋輥驅動裝置而 構成的输出手段。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I裝-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ( -訂 線 18 ~ AB B8 C8 D8 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 々、申請專利範圍 5 2 .如申請專利範圍第5 1項之輥軋控制裝置,壓 下閒置時間修正板厚追蹤手段,係根據由前述板速度檢出 手段所檢出之板速來決定在前述壓下裝置閒置時間之期間 內輥軋材所移動的移動距離,而自前述履歷資料中,使到 下一站爲止之距離相當於前述移動距離的板厚資料成爲先 頭般地令前述履歷資料之記憶位置移位,又速度閒置時間 修正板厚追蹤手段,則根據由前述板速度檢出手段所檢出 之板速度來決定在前述壓下裝置閒置時間之期間內輥軋材 所移動之移動距離,而自前述履歷資料中,使到下一站爲 止之距離相當於前述移動距離的板厚資料成爲先頭益地令 前述履歷資料之記憶位置移位。 5 3 .如申請專利範圍第5 1項之輥軋控制裝置,壓 下閒置時間修正板厚追蹤手段,根據由前述板速度檢出手 段所檢出之板速度來決定在前述壓下裝置閒置時間之期間 內輥軋材所移動的移動距離,而自前述履歷資料中選擇出 到下一站爲止之距離相當於前述移動距離的板厚資料,而 速度閒置時間修正板厚追蹤手段,則根據由前述板速度檢 出手段所檢出之板速度來決定在前述壓下裝置閒置時間之 期間內輥軋材所移動之移動距離,而自前述履歷資料中選 擇出到下一站爲止之距離相當於前述移動距離的板厚資料 ’前述壓下前饋演算手段,則根據由前述壓下閒置時間修 正板厚追蹤手段所選擇之板厚來演算前述第2壓下指令, 而速度前饋演算手段,則根據由前述速度閒置時間修正板 厚追蹤手段所選擇之板厚來演算前述第2速度指令。 (請先閣讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) k 裝. 訂 本紙張尺度適用令國國家標準(CNS )八4胁(210X297公釐) 301616 A8 B8 C8 D8 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 六、申請專利範圍 5 4 • 一 種 輥 軋 機 控 制 方 法 9 其 主 要 係 一 可 依 一 定 週 期 來 檢 出 由 多 台 所 構 成 之 輥 軋 機 之 多 個 狀 態 量 以 及 控 制 量 的 實 績 値 而 實 施 多 變 數 控 制 以 便 於 消 除 該 實 績 値 與 由 設 定 控 制 裝 置 所 設 定 之 動 作 點 或 巨 標 等 之 設 定 値 的 誤 差 的 輥 軋 機 控 制 方 法 9 其 特 徵 在 於 二 將 壓 下 位 置 > 後 方 張 力 以 及 軋 輥 速 度 當 作 狀 態 量 而 實 施 回 饋 控 制 以 使 各 實 績 値 與 設 定 値 ( 動 作 點 ) 之 誤 差 得 以 消 除 9 此 外 則 實 施 回 饋 控 制 而 消 除 1八 刖 述 控 制 量 之 實 績 値 cha 與 設 定 値 ( 巨 標 値 ) 的 誤 差 〇 5 5 — 種 輥 軋 機 控 制 方 法 其 主 要 係 — 可 依 / 定 週 期 來 檢 出 由 多 台 所 構 成 之 輥 軋 機 的 狀 態 量 以 及 多 個 控 制 量 之 實 績 値 9 而 實 施 多 變 數 控 制 以 便 於 消 除 該 實 績 値 與 由 設 定 控 制 裝 置 所 設 定 之 動 作 點 或 目 標 等 之 設 定 値 的 誤 差 的 輥 軋 機 控 制 方 法 9 其 特 徵 在 於 實 施 回 饋 控 制 以 使 -X-t- 刖 述 狀 態 量 之 實 績 値 與 設 定 値 ( 動 作 點 ) 的 誤 差 得 以 消 除 9 此 外 則 將 出 側 板 厚 以 及 張 力 當 作 控 制 量 而 實 施 回 饋 控 制 以 消 除 各 實 績 値 與 設 定 値 ( 巨 標 値 ) 的 誤 差 〇 5 6 • 一 種 輥 軋 機 控 制 方 法 9 其 主 要 係 一 可 依 一 定 週 期 來 檢 出 由 多 台 所 構 成 之 輥 軋 機 之 多 個 狀 態 量 以 及 多 個 控 制 量 的 實 績 値 9 而 實 施 多 變 數 控 制 以 便 於 消 除 該 實 績 値 與 內 設 定 控 制 裝 置 所 設 定 之 動 作 點 或 巨 栖 等 之 設 定 値 的 誤 差 的 輥 軋 機 控 制 方 法 9 其 特 徵 在 於 • 將 壓 下 位 置 > 後 方 張 力 以 及 刖 台 之 軋 輥 速 度 當 作 狀 態 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) A4規格(2IOX297公釐) ~ 20 - A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 量而實施回饋控制以消除各實績値與設定値(動作點)的 誤差,此外則將出側板厚以及後方張力當作控制量,而實 施回饋控制以消除各實績値與設定値(目標値)的誤差。 5 7 .如申請專利範圍第5 6項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述狀態量之回饋控制,係求取與分別對應於前述狀態量 之前述設定値(動作點)的偏差,且將該些偏差乘上比例 增益,而產生對應於狀態量偏差的第1操作指令値; 前述控制量之回饋控制,係求取與分別對應於前述控 制量之前述設定値(目標値)的偏差,且將該些偏差乘上 積分增益而實施積分,而產生對應於控制量偏差的_ 2操 作指令値; 將根據前述第1操作指令値與前述第2操作指令値的 和所產生之第3操作指令値輸出到致動器。 5 8 .如申請專利範圍第5 7項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述第1 ,第2以及第3操作指令値係由用於變更軋輥間 隙之壓下位置指令値與用於變更軋輥速度之速度指令値所 構成,而分別針對各成分求取。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 5 9 .如申請專利範圍第5 8項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述壓下位置指令値係输出到壓下裝置,而前述速度指令 値則輸出到軋輥驅動裝置。 6 0 .如申請專利範圍第5 9項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述軋輥驅動裝置是一前台之軋輥驅動裝置。 6 1 .如申請專利範圍第5 6〜6 0項之任一項之輥 軋機控制方法,前述出側板厚乃使用位在軋輥正下方板厚 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準 ( CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -21 - 經濟部中央梯準局貝工消费合作社印裝 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 的推測値。 6 2 .如申請專利範圍第6 1項之輥軋機控制方法, 前述軋輥正下方板厚之推測値,係在根據入側板厚而依 質量流動(mass flow)定理所求得之計算値,自在出側 板厚計所得之板厚減去將前述計算値追蹤到前述出側板厚 計之追蹤板厚所得之偏移値加以回饋而求得。 6 3 .—種輥軋機控制裝置,其主要係一備有:可依 一定週期而檢出由多台所構成之輥軋機之多個狀態量或多 個控制量之實績値的檢出裝置、控制以消除由設定控制裝 置所決定之動作點或目標之設定値與前述實績値的讀差的 D D C控制裝置而構成的輥軋機控制裝置,其特徵在於: 前述D D C控制裝置係一最佳伺服系統,而具有可將 壓下位置、後方張力以及前機台之軋輥速度當作狀態量而 實施回饋控制之狀態回饋控制手段以及將出側板厚、後方 張力當作控制量而實施回饋控制之控制量回饋控制手段。 6 4 .如申請專利範圍第6 3項之輥軋機控制裝置, 前述狀態回饋控制手段具有可求取與分別對應於前述各狀 態量之前述設定値之偏差的差分機構以及將該些偏差乘上 比例增益,而產生對應於狀態量偏差之操作指令値的比例 機構; 前述控制量回饋控制手段具有可求取與分別對應於前 述各控制量之前述設定値之偏差的差分機構以及將該些偏 差乘上積分增益且實施積分,而產生對應於控制量偏差之 操作指令値的積分機構; 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---a---!----‘裝-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 -22 - 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 A8 B8 C8 D8 c、申請專利範圍 而具備一可根據前述比例機構與前述積分機構之操作 指令値而決定輸出到致動器之操作指令値的指令產生手段 〇 6 5 .如申請專利範圍第6 4項之輥軋機控制裝置, 前述比例機構以及積分機構乃產生一由用於變更壓下位置 之壓下指令成分與用於變更軋輥速度之速度指令成分所構 成的操作指令,前述指令產生手段則對每個成分相加而產 生壓下位置操作指令値與速度操作指令値,而將前述壓下 位置操作指令値輸出到壓下裝置,且將前述速度指令値輸 出到前台之軋輥驅動裝置。 / 6 6 .如申請專利範圍第6 3,6 4或6 5項之輥軋 機控制裝置,具有一根據來自前述檢出裝置之該機台之入 側的板厚與板速度以及出側之板速度而推測該機台之軋輥 正下方的板厚,而將該軋輥正下方的板厚當作前述出側板 厚,而輸出到前述控制量回饋控制手段之差分機構的觀測 裝置。 6 7 . —種輥軋機控制裝置,其主要係一由備有:可 依一定週期來檢出由多台所構成之串聯輥軋機之狀態量或 控制量之實績値的檢出裝置、具有輥軋模型,而可對應於 非線性之輥軋狀態來決定動作點之設定控制裝置以及如使 所設定之動作點或目標等之設定値與前述實績値之偏差消 除般地,將操作指令輸出到各機台之輥軋機之壓下裝置以 及軋輥驅動裝置所構成之輥軋機控制裝置,其特徵在於: 前述DDC控制裝置備有:可將壓下位置、後方張力 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) " -23 - I I n t— n b— n 1 ^ I v (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) S0161 A8 B8 C8 D8 、申請專利範圍 以及前台之軋輥速度當作前述狀態量,而 些狀態量之壓下位置設定値、後方張力設 軋輥速度設定値的偏差,且將該些偏差分 增益以及第2比例增益,而產生對應於狀 置指令成分與速度指令成分的狀態量回饋 將出側板厚以及後方張力當作前述控 對應於該些控制量之出側板厚設定値以及 的偏差,且將該些偏差分別乘上第1積分 分增益,而產生對應於控制量偏差的壓下 速度指令成分的控制量回饋控制手段及; 將來自前述狀態量回饋控制手段與前 制手段之壓下位置指令成分以及速度指令 控制裝匱之壓下位置目標値以及速度目標 予以相加而產生壓下位置操作指令與速度 前者輸出到該機台之壓下裝置,將後者輸 輥驅動裝置之指令產生手段。 求取與 定値以 別乘上 態偏差 控制方 制量, 後方張 增益以 位置指 對應於該 及前台之 第1比例 之壓下位 法; 而求取與 力設定値 及第2積 令成分與 述控制量回饋控 成分與來自設定 値,針對各成分 操作指令,而將 出到前機台之軋 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閣讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)A8 B8 C8 D8 printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 6. The range of patent applications in order to eliminate the deviation of the command value from the control quantity measured according to a certain weekly measurement and control the rolling mill at the desired plate thickness. The method is characterized in that each time a plurality of state quantities of the rolling process are measured according to the predetermined period, the state difference values from the previous value are obtained for each state quantity, and these state difference values are compared with the aforementioned control The state quantity feedback coefficient of one of the parameters is multiplied to obtain the operation quantity deviation U1 of the state feedback system; just after a certain step given in advance in each cycle, the future command value and the control time point that has been memorized (future) each The command value of the step, and obtain the command difference value from each previous value, multiply these command difference values by the command feedforward coefficient FR, one of the aforementioned control parameters, and obtain the operation amount deviation of the command feedforward system U2; multiply the aforementioned operation amount deviation U 1 and U 2 by the operation amount in the previous step, and output it to the actuator of the rolling mill. 3. A control method of the rolling mill, which is mainly to determine the operation amount when the control parameters and the command value (target value) are changed by setting calculations, respectively, so that the command value and the control amount to be measured according to a certain period The rolling mill control method that eliminates deviations and controls the desired plate thickness is characterized in that each time a plurality of state quantities of the rolling process are measured in accordance with the aforementioned predetermined period, each state quantity is obtained from the previous value. State difference values, and multiplying these state difference values by the state quantity feedback coefficient FX, one of the aforementioned control parameters, to obtain the operation amount deviation U1 of the state feedback system; except that it will be measured every time according to the aforementioned certain period , And at least included in this paper standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Binding · Order A8 B8 Printing Bag for Employees Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs C8 D8 Sixth, the range of the applied patents predicts the deviation of the side plate thickness deviation minus the previous value to obtain the difference between the predicted difference and the tracking of the aforementioned side plate thickness deviation Position, when it is estimated that this part reaches directly under the roller, the aforementioned predicted external chaotic difference value is multiplied by each of the predicted (future) predicted external chaotic difference values and the predicted external chaotic feedforward coefficient F d of one of the aforementioned control parameters, Obtain and predict the operation amount deviation U 3 of the external chaos feedforward system; multiply the operation amount deviations U 1 and U 3 by the operation amount in the previous step, and output it to the actuator of the rolling mill. 4. A rolling mill control method, which is mainly to change the control parameter and the command value (target value) by setting calculations, the operation amount can be determined so that the command value and the measured control value are measured according to a certain cycle The rolling mill control method that eliminates deviations and controls the desired plate thickness is characterized in that each time a plurality of state quantities of the rolling process are measured in accordance with the aforementioned predetermined period, each state quantity is obtained from the previous value State difference value, and multiply these state difference values by the state quantity feedback coefficient of one of the aforementioned control parameters to obtain the operation quantity deviation U1 of the state feedback system: a certain step given in advance in each cycle in the foregoing Value and the command value of each step in the future (in the future) after the control time has been memorized to obtain the command difference value from each previous command value, and the command difference coefficient of these command values and one of the aforementioned control parameters is 1 ^ 1 ^ is multiplied to obtain the operation amount deviation U2 of the command feedforward system; except that it will be measured every time according to the aforementioned certain period, and includes at least the prediction of the side plate thickness deviation The value of the paper is calculated by subtracting the previous value from the previous deviation. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2! 0X297mm) (please read the precautions on the back and fill in this page). Pack. Order 4 ' A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Outside the scope of the patent application, and tracking the position of the thickness deviation part of the inlet side, when it is estimated that this part reaches directly below the roller, the difference between the above-mentioned predicted external chaos and the future (future) prediction Multiplying the chaotic difference value and the predicted external chaotic feedforward coefficient F d of one of the aforementioned control parameters to obtain the operating amount deviation U 3 of the predicted external chaotic feedforward system; the aforementioned operating amount deviations U 1, U 2 and U 3 Multiply the operation amount in the previous step and output it to the actuator of the rolling mill. 5. For the rolling mill control method according to item 4 of the patent scope, the aforementioned operation amount is the deviation of the thickness of the exit side, the deviation of the load, the deviation of the roll speed and the deviation of the tension of the exit side f, and the aforementioned command value is the deviation of the thickness command to the] tension command Deviations, these deviations are the difference from the predetermined value calculated according to each setting. 6. According to the rolling mill control method according to item 4 or 5 of the patent application, the operation amount and the deviation of the operation amount are composed of a roll-down position component and a roll speed component, and are obtained for each component. Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) 7. If you apply for the rolling mill control method of item 5, the aforementioned load deviation can be used to measure the gap between the rolls Replaced by depressing position deviation. 8. A kind of rolling mill control device, which mainly has a detection device that can measure the majority of state quantities of the rolling mill according to a certain period, and the detected state quantity is used to generate the operation amount corresponding to the actuator, which is characterized by It has: a setting control device that corrects the control parameters of each control system accompanying the calculation of the command (target value) of the rolling mill or the change of the operating point; the aforementioned state value and previous time measured by the detection device can be calculated The value of this paper is applicable to China National Standard Falcon (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ297mm) A8 Βδ C8 D8. Sixth, the first difference means for obtaining the state difference value and the difference between the state value and the reason A first feedback control system constituted by a state feedback control means that multiplies the first control parameters set by the aforementioned setting control device to obtain the first operation amount deviation. : 2nd feedback control consisting of a control amount feedback control means that obtains a control amount deviation of the second operation amount so as to eliminate the deviation between the control amount of a part of the preceding / mentioned state amount and the instruction given by the aforementioned setting control device System; by means of a tracking device that can be given a certain step in advance from the aforementioned setting control device at a certain cycle every time in advance of the future command value, a tracking means that sequentially shifts and memorizes at each step, based on The command value of each step after the time point of the system, and the second difference means for obtaining the difference value from each previous command value and the difference between these command values and the second control parameter set by the setting control device The first feedforward control system composed of the command feedforward control means for obtaining the third operation amount deviation by multiplying; and having the ability to multiply the aforementioned first operation amount deviation, second operation amount deviation and third operation amount deviation The operation amount integration means determines the output means of the operation amount output to the actuator. Printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 9. For the rolling mill control device of item 8 of the scope of patent application, the aforementioned detection device is equipped with a side plate thickness detector, Tension tester, reduction load test and roll speed tester. 1 0. The rolling mill control device as claimed in item 8 or 9 of the patent application scope is equipped with a detection means that can measure the thickness of the incoming side plate at each predetermined cycle, calculates the difference from the previous value, and obtains the external disorder difference value The third difference method, in addition to memorizing the random difference values, also speculates that the paper size reached the right under the roll is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) 84 specifications (210Χ297 mm) ABCD Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau staff consumption Printed by the cooperative. 6. Tracking means for the scope of the patent application, multiplying the control timing and the external chaotic difference value of the next step by the third control parameter set by the aforementioned setting control device to calculate the fourth operation amount deviation. The second feedforward control system constituted by the anticipatory disturbance feedforward control means integrates the deviation of the fourth operation amount by the integration means. ,. / / \ / 1 1. For the rolling mill control device of patent application item 8 ′ 9, the actuator is composed of a roll down device and a roll drive device, and the aforementioned operation amount is pressed down for each roll The position component and the roll speed component are obtained. The former is output to the roll-down device, and the latter is output to the roll-driving device. / 1 2.-A rolling mill control method, which is mainly to obtain the deviation between the setting value determined according to the rolling form and the actual measured value of the state or control quantity detected according to a certain period, and with certain control parameters This deviation implements feedback control to determine the operation command of the actuator, and is characterized by: the inverse setting calculation of the aforementioned rolling form, so that a certain rolling parameter is matched with the aforementioned measured value, and according to the available The adaptive modification of the control model can be matched with the above-mentioned measured values of certain rolling parameters, and determine a certain state of the rolling process. 13. As in the rolling mill control method of item 12 of the patent application scope, the aforementioned certain rolling parameters include the adaptive correction coefficient of the rolling load. 14. If the rolling mill control method of item 13 of the patent scope is applied, the adaptation correction coefficient of the rolling load is obtained by the regression method based on the predicted value and the measured value of the rolling load of the aforementioned rolling model . 1 5. If the size of the rolled paper for which the scope of patent application is 1, 2, 13, or 14 is applied, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) is applied -------'--- * — Install ------ order ----- "line (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Employee consumption cooperation of Central Falcon Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du Printed A8 B8 C8 _______ D8 VI. Scope of patent application Machine control method to obtain the difference between the set values corresponding to the measured values of all or some of the elements of the above-mentioned state quantity and control quantity, when the evaluation value obtained based on the deviation values exceeds the predetermined value The allowable time is judged to be a certain state of the aforementioned rolling process. 16. As in the rolling mill control method according to item 15 of the patent application, the aforementioned evaluation values are the self-multiplying average error of the deviation of the rolling position, the deviation of the rolling speed, the deviation of the rear tension and the deviation of the thickness of the exit side. 1 7. If the rolling mill control method of the patent application scope item 1, 2, 13 or 14 is detected, the unsteady operation state when the rolling speed is accelerated or decelerated is detected, and it is judged as a certain state of the foregoing rolling process During the performance holding period of the ¥ stable operation state, the adaptive correction of the aforementioned control model is implemented by a certain trigger period. 18. If the rolling mill control method of item 12, 3, or 14 of the patent application scope, the aforementioned certain rolling parameters that can be matched with the aforementioned measured values are reflected in the setting calculation of the aforementioned rolling model. 1 9. A rolling mill control device, which mainly includes: a detection device that can detect the actual value of the state quantity or control amount of the rolling mill according to a certain period, a setting control device with a rolling model to determine the operating point, such as The DDC control device that determines the operation command of the actuator by setting the deviation of the actual performance value corresponding to the set target value (setting value) every time the operating point is changed to zero, is characterized by having: The inverse setting calculation of the rolling model can make certain rolling parameters such as the adaptive correction coefficient of the rolling load compatible with the aforementioned rolling parameter calculation means of the measured value, and the paper size that can be simulated by the DDC can be obtained according to the certain rolling parameters Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) 1-HL — II -...... III (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). Ordered by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Print A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. The linearization method of the state equation of the control model of the patented system and the calculation and update of the DDC control according to the state equation The control model of the control parameters of the control device is composed of a control model adapted to the correction device and a starting device that judges a certain state of the rolling process and outputs a start signal that can execute the aforementioned control mode adaptive correction device. 2 0. As for the rolling mill control device of item 19 of the patent application scope, the aforementioned starting device is provided with: the measured values of all or part of the elements of the aforementioned state quantity and control quantity, and the corresponding setting values and Determine the deviation between each, and when the evaluation value obtained based on the deviation exceeds the pre-set _ Xu value, it is judged as the above-mentioned certain state, and the event detection device that outputs the above-mentioned start signal and when the roller is detected When the rolling speed is not stable, such as acceleration or deceleration, it is determined to be a certain state of the rolling process. The duration of this unstable state is prior to the above-mentioned state detection device and is output according to a certain start cycle. The device for detecting unstable operation of the aforementioned start signal. 2 A rolling mill control method is a rolling mill control method that can simultaneously control the plate thickness and tension. It is characterized in that when the deviation of the tension from the actual measured value of the target value is within a certain tension range set in advance (allowable value) ), The plate thickness control is given priority, and when it is outside the above-mentioned certain tension range, the tension control is given priority. 2 2. For the rolling mill control method according to item 21 of the patent application range, the above-mentioned certain tension range (allowable value) is set to each category that is distinguished by a majority according to the value of the aforementioned target value of tension. This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm)-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)-• a Printed by Beigong Consumer Cooperative, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 016! 〇 ? 8s D8 VI. Patent application scope 2 3. If the rolling mill control method of the patent application scope item 2 1 or 22, the above-mentioned plate thickness control has priority, so that the plate thickness control gain used for plate thickness control is relative to the use The tension control gain for tension control is high. 24. As in the rolling mill control method according to item 23 of the patent scope, the aforementioned plate thickness control gain is a function of the deviation of the measured value of the plate thickness relative to the target value of the plate thickness. 2 5. If the rolling mill control method of the patent application item 21 or 22, the aforementioned priority of tension is to make the tension control gain for tension plate thickness control relative to the thickness control gain for plate thickness control as high. 2 6. For the rolling mill control method of item 25 of the patent application, the aforementioned tension control gain sets the value when the aforementioned tension control is prioritized to be higher than the value when it is not prioritized. 2 7. For the rolling mill control method according to item 21 or 22 of the patent application, the measured value of the plate thickness uses the estimated value directly below the roll, and the measured value of the tension uses the estimated value of the rear tension. 2 8. A kind of roller mill control method, which is mainly a rolling mill control method that makes the actuator of the pressing device and the roller driving device operate, and simultaneously controls the thickness and tension of the roller, which is characterized by: fast response speed The actuator implements non-interference control, which can eliminate the interference with the tension or plate thickness caused by the plate thickness or tension control. 2 9. For the rolling mill control method according to item 28 of the patent application, the aforementioned non-interference control, when the response speed of the aforementioned reduction device is fast, the deviation of the plate thickness from the target value of the measured value relative to the plate thickness or It is based on the deviation of the plate thickness to the control command of the aforementioned roll drive device and multiplied by the tension. The non-dry paper size uses the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page)-Installation · Order A8 Βδ C8 D8 printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 6. Patent application range. Non-interference reduction commands for disturbance control gain are output to the aforementioned reduction device. 3 0. For the rolling mill control method according to item 28 of the patent application, the aforementioned non-interference control, when the response speed of the aforementioned reduction device is fast, it will be based on the measured deviation of the tension from the target value of the tension or based on The tension deviation and the control command to the roll drive device and the non-disturbing reduction command multiplied by the non-disturbing control gain of the plate thickness are output to the reduction device. 3 1. As for the rolling mill control method of the patent application No. 28, 29 or 30, the aforementioned non-interference control is implemented in accordance with the phase of the interference generated by the actuator with a slow response speed. 32.-A roll mill control method, which is mainly a roll mill control method that allows the actuators of the pressure + device and the roll drive device to control the plate thickness and tension at the same time. It is characterized by: implementing a measured value When the tension deviation relative to the tension value is within a certain tension range (allowable value) set in advance, the thickness control is given priority, and when it is outside the above-mentioned certain tension range, the tension control is given priority Control: By implementing non-interference control on the actuator with a fast response speed, the interference caused by the aforementioned priority control implemented on the actuator with a slow response speed can be eliminated. 3. In the case of the rolling mill control method according to item 32 of the patent application scope, in the case where the roll driving device implements the plate thickness control and the reduction device implements the tension control for cold rolling, when the plate thickness is When the control is prioritized, the control command value to the roll drive device is greater than the control command value to the press device, and the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) -Installation. Order J -10-Printed and printed by A8 B8 C8 D8 of the Central Standardization Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The generated tension non-interference control command value is output to the aforementioned pressing device with a fast response speed. 3 4. As in the rolling mill control method according to item 32 of the patent application scope, in the case of hot rolling where the rolling device implements the aforementioned sheet thickness control and the roll drive apparatus performs the aforementioned tension control, when the aforementioned tension control When priority is given, the control command value to the roll drive device is greater than the control command value to the press device, and the plate thickness non-interference control command value generated according to the control command value to the roll drive device is greater Output to the aforementioned depressing device with fast response speed. 35. For any method of roller mill control according to items 3 2 to 3 4 of the patent application scope, the aforementioned roller drive device is a front stand. 36.—A roll mill control method, which is mainly to make the roller drive as if the deviation between the target value of the plate thickness and the rear tension set for each station by the setting calculation is eliminated from the actual measured value or the estimated value. The rolling mill control method that controls the operation of the device and the pressing device and controls the thickness and tension of the rolled material at the same time is characterized in that: when the roll driving device with a large response time constant is mainly used to implement the thickness control, the In the case of cold rolling that performs tension control mainly by the aforementioned reduction device with a small response time constant; relative to the aforementioned tension range set in advance for each category that is differentiated according to its size with respect to the target value of the aforementioned rear tension (Allowable value), when the deviation between the target tension value of the rear tension and the measured value is within the above-mentioned certain tension range, the thickness control instruction value is higher than the other. This paper standard applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 specification (210X297 mm) _ -11------------ .. ^ ------, order ------ 1 4 (Please read the notes on the back first (Fill in this page again) ABCD Printed and applied for patent scope by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and when it is outside the aforementioned tension range, the tension control command is given priority over the other; when the plate thickness is preferentially controlled, order The aforementioned thickness control command value and the non-disturbing control command value multiplied by the tension non-disturbing control gain delay a non-disturbing command idle time obtained based on the response time constants of the roll driving device and the pressing device before applying tension Before the non-priority control, it is subtracted from the aforementioned tension control command value. 3 7-The control device of the rolling mill, which is mainly a setting control method for setting the target value by the detection device according to the setting calculation, such as eliminating the deviation between the target value of the plate thickness and tension and the measured value The feedback control means to be controlled and the pressing device and the roll drive device that act according to the control instructions from the control means are composed of a roll mill control device capable of simultaneously controlling the plate thickness and tension. With respect to a certain tension range (allowable value) set in advance for each category of the target value for distinguishing tension, when the tension deviation is within this range, the thickness control is given priority, and when the tension deviation is within this range Outside, the tension control is given priority, and the priority control means that determines the control gain of the aforementioned feedback control means. 38. As for the rolling mill control device of claim 37, the priority control means includes a plate thickness control gain and a tension control gain set by the setting control means, corresponding to the priority control One of them is a control gain adjustment coefficient calculation method that is adjusted at a higher level than the other. 3 9. If the application of the patent scope item 3 7 or 3 8 is controlled by the rolling mill, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ297 mm) ----- installation ------ order-- ---- Line (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) -12-ABCD printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 々, apply for a patent scope device, which can be eliminated by the aforementioned feedback control system Non-disturbance control means consisting of tension non-interference control means for interference with tension caused by plate thickness control and / or plate thickness non-interference control means for eliminating interference with plate thickness caused by tension control. 4 0. The rolling mill control device as claimed in item 39 of the patent scope has a tension non-interference control gain and a tension non-interference control means that can be set separately for the tension non-interference control means and the plate thickness non-interference control means from the setting control means. The plate thickness non-interference control gain corresponds to the magnitude relationship between the response time constant of the aforementioned reduction device and roll drive device, making it a valid or ineffective non-interference control gain adjustment means. < 4 1. For the rolling mill control device as claimed in item 40, the non-interference control gain adjustment means, when the response time constant of the reduction device is small, and the feedback control means allows the plate of the roll drive device When the thickness control is preferentially implemented, the aforementioned plate thickness non-interference control gain is made effective, and the aforementioned tension non-interference control means is implemented. 4 2. As for the rolling mill control device of claim 3, 7 or 38, the non-interference control means has a delay that can correspond to the difference in response time constant between the rolling device and the rolling drive device Delay means. 4 3. If the control equipment of the rolling mill is applied for items 3 7 or 38 of the patent application, the plate can be estimated based on the thickness of the inlet side, the inlet speed and the outlet speed measured by the aforementioned detection device The thick plate thickness estimation means calculates the plate thickness deviation based on the difference between the target thickness of the plate thickness and the plate thickness directly below the roll. The size of this paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) ---------- I installed-- (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order-13-Economy A8 B8 C8 D8 is printed by the Employees ’Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry. 6. Patent application scope 4 4. If the patent application scope item 3 7 or 38 of any one of the rolling mill control device has a controllable state The amount of reduction position, tension and speed of each roll from the setting value of the setting control means and the measured value of the deviation of the state quantity feedback means are eliminated, and together with the aforementioned feedback control means constitute the best servo system. 4 5.-A rolling mill control device, which is mainly a feedback control method that can simultaneously control the deviation of the measured plate thickness and tension from its target value, such as the control of the plate thickness or tension to the tension Or the interference caused by the thickness of the plate can be canceled and controlled by the non-interference control means and the corresponding pressure control action from the control means is composed of the pressing device and the roller drive device, which can simultaneously control the plate thickness and tension The rolling mill control device is characterized by having: the control gain corresponding to the thickness deviation set by the feedback control system and the control gain corresponding to the tension can correspond to the applied cold rolling process or hot rolling process The difference and / or the control gain adjustment means to change the thickness priority or tension priority control and the tension non-interference control gain corresponding to the plate thickness deviation set by the aforementioned non-interference control system correspond to the plate thickness of the tension deviation Non-disturbing control gain, adjusted according to the response time constant of the aforementioned reduction device and the aforementioned roller drive device The non-interference control gain adjustment means. 46. A kind of rolling control method, which is mainly a multi-roll mill control method that can implement feed-forward control for the rolling device and the rolling drive device respectively, and the thickness and tension of the rolled material. : Depending on a certain period of time to detect each set of pressing device, roll peripheral speed, and the paper size of the outgoing side, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ297mm) is applied --L ------ ^ 丨 Installation- ----- Subscribe ----- Bu line (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) A8 Βδ C8 D8 々 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The board speed between the next machine; the history data row of the aforementioned board thickness corresponding to the position from the detection device of the board thickness on the exit side to the next machine can correspond to the previous station The board speed detected on the outgoing side is shifted, and the board thickness detected most recently is memorized; from the next machine side in the history data row, select the The movement of the rolled material in response to the delay time Plate thickness data corresponding to the distance, and according to the selected plate thickness data, the reduction command output to the reduction device that performs the reduction feedforward control is obtained, and similarly according to the response delay time of the roll drive device, and From the sheet thickness data selected in the foregoing history data row, the speed command output to the roll drive device for speed feedforward control is obtained. 4 7.-A rolling control method, which is mainly a multi-roll mill control method that can implement feedback and feed-forward control of the reduction device and the roll drive device, and the thickness and tension of the rolled material, and its characteristics Lies in: detecting the pressing device, the peripheral speed of the roll, the plate thickness at the exit side, and the tension and the plate speed with the next machine according to a certain period; adding the aforementioned pressing position, the peripheral speed of the roll and the tension Feedback, and calculate the first reduction command and the first speed command for each machine; divide the number corresponding to the position from the detection position of the thickness of the exit side to the position directly below the roll of the next machine The history data of the plate thickness memorized in the 100 million interval can correspond to the moving distance of the rolled material from the previous detection time point estimated from the previous plate speed detected on the exit side of the front machine, so that The foregoing resume data is shifted toward the next machine, and the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). -S01616 A8 B8 C8 D8 Printed by Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economy : Baijishulu tag »Select the movement distance of the rolled material that is moved in response to the delay time within the response time of the presetting and pressing device and the roll driving device set in the history data column, and the distance is the same as the distance Describe the distance between the next machine side and the corresponding plate thickness. Calculate the 2nd pressing command for pressing feed-forward according to the plate thickness selected by the pressing response delay time 9 and delay according to the speed response The thickness selected at the time is used to obtain the speed A. / ,. The second speed command 9 is fed, and the first press command and the second press command are added to control Descend device 9 In addition, add the first speed command and the second speed command to control the roll drive device 0 4 8 Rolling control method -X-fc if applying for patent scope item 4 7 . The second speed command is used to suppress the change in the rolling phenomenon caused by the change in the plate thickness detected on the outgoing side of the machine _ 4 9 7 or 4 8 of the rolling control method 9 ^ · --description response delay time includes < *-Describe the idle time of the reduction device 9 and a * Describe the speed response delay time including the idle time of the roll drive device 〇5 0 • * Kind of rolling control method 1 Its main system is ~ ' — A multi-roller mill control method that controls the thickness and tension of the rolled material by controlling the thickness and tension of the rolled material through the feedback and feed-back control of the reduction device and the roll drive device at a fixed cycle 9 Features: • The pressure of each machine is detected according to a certain cycle The lower device, the roller speed, and the paper size are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (2IOX297 mm) • 16 · A8 B8 C8 D8 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Thickness and tension and plate speed with the next machine; a plurality of positions corresponding to the positions divided from the detection position of the plate thickness on the exit side to the position immediately below the roll of the next machine Memory Interval The memorized data series of the aforementioned plate thickness can correspond to the moving distance of the rolled material from the previous detection time point estimated from the speed of the aforementioned plate detected on the outgoing side of the front machine, so that Shift in the next machine direction, and memorize the plate thickness detected this time in the memory interval vacated by the shift; select from the previous history data row and the previously set pressure The moving distance of the rolled material moving in the response delay time of the lower device and the roll drive device is equivalent, and corresponds to the thickness of each distance from the next machine side; the delay time according to the response delay time The first plate thickness is selected to obtain the reduction command for pressing feedforward control, and the speed command for speed feedforward control is determined based on the second plate thickness selected by the speed response delay time, at the same time The above-mentioned pressing command and the above-mentioned speed command capable of suppressing variations in plate thickness different from each other are output. 5 1 rolling mill control device, which is mainly a multi-roll mill control device that can control each reduction device and roll drive device by feedback control means and feed forward control means, and controls the thickness and tension of the rolled material It is characterized by having: set up on each machine: plate thickness detection means for detecting the thickness of the exit side of the rolled material, pressure position detection means for detecting the roll-down position, for detecting The detection method of the roll peripheral speed of the roll and the paper standard of the next machine are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) HI HI ^ ϋ— ———— I —ΜΜ 士 n (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Line 17-A8 B8 C8 D8 printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Detection means and tension detection means for tension; according to the reduction position from the reduction position detection means, the roll peripheral speed from the roll peripheral speed detection means and the tension from the tension detection means, For each station, the feedback control means composed of the first reduction command for operating the aforementioned reduction device and the first speed command for operating the aforementioned roll drive device is calculated; based on the aforementioned plate thickness from the exit side of the front stand The plate thickness data of the detection means and the plate speed from the aforementioned plate speed detection means, and the plate thickness tracking means of memorizing the plate thickness history data of each measured point of the rolled material until the next stop, The input means for setting the idle time of each response of the pressing device and the roll driving device, based on the idle time of the pressing device from the input means and the idle time of the roll driving device and the plate speed, The pressing idle time correction plate thickness tracking means and the speed idle time correction plate thickness tracking means for correcting the memory position of the history data of the tracking means calculate the second pressure based on the history data from the aforementioned pressing idle time correction plate thickness tracking means Press the command to reduce the feedforward algorithm and correct the thickness tracking hand based on the idle time Feedforward control means composed of the speed feedforward calculation means for calculating the second speed command based on the history data and; adding the first pressing command to the second pressing command and outputting it to the pressing device In addition, the first speed command and the second speed command are added and output to the roll drive device to constitute an output means. The size of this paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) I pack-(please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) (-Line 18 ~ AB B8 C8 D8 Employee of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by consumer cooperatives, patent application scope 5 2. If the rolling control device of the patent application scope item 51 is pressed, the idle time correction plate thickness tracking means is based on the plate detected by the aforementioned plate speed detection means Speed to determine the moving distance of the rolled material during the idle time of the pressing device, and from the historical data, the thickness information that the distance to the next station is equivalent to the moving distance becomes the first The memory position of the previous history data is shifted, and the speed idle time correction plate thickness tracking means determines the rolled material during the idle time of the pressing device according to the plate speed detected by the plate speed detection means The moving distance moved, and from the above-mentioned resume data, the plate thickness data whose distance to the next stop is equivalent to the moving distance becomes the first The memory position of the history data is shifted. 5 3. If the rolling control device of item 51 of the patent scope is applied, press the idle time to correct the plate thickness tracking means, according to the plate speed detected by the aforementioned plate speed detection means Determines the moving distance of the rolled material during the idle time of the pressing device, and selects the thickness data from the history data to the next station that corresponds to the moving distance, and the speed idle time is corrected The plate thickness tracking means determines the moving distance of the rolled material during the idle time of the pressing device according to the plate speed detected by the plate speed detecting means, and selects from the previous history data to Plate thickness data whose distance to the next stop is equal to the aforementioned moving distance 'The pressing forward feed calculation method calculates the second pressing instruction based on the plate thickness selected by the pressing idle time correction plate thickness tracking means The speed feedforward calculation method calculates the second speed command according to the plate thickness selected by the speed idle time correction plate thickness tracking means (Please read the precautions on the back first and then fill out this page) k Pack. The standard paper size is applicable to the National Standard (CNS) 84 4 (210X297 mm) 301616 A8 B8 C8 D8 Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printing 6. Patent application scope 5 4 • A rolling mill control method 9 It is mainly a multi-variable control that can detect the multiple state quantities of the rolling mill composed of multiple units and the actual value of the control quantity according to a certain period In order to eliminate the error between the actual performance value and the setting value set by the setting control device such as the operating point or the macro standard, the rolling mill control method 9 is characterized in that the reduction position > the back tension and the roll speed are used as state quantities The feedback control is implemented to eliminate the difference between the actual performance value and the set value (operating point). 9 In addition, the feedback control is implemented to eliminate the control amount. The error between the performance value cha and the setting value (giant standard value) 〇5 5 — A rolling mill control method whose main system is — The state quantity of the rolling mill composed of multiple units and the actual performance of multiple control quantities can be detected according to a predetermined period Value 9 and a multi-variable control in order to eliminate the error between the actual value and the setting value of the operating point or target set by the setting control device 9 The rolling mill control method 9 is characterized by implementing feedback control to make -Xt- The error between the actual value of the state quantity and the set value (operating point) is eliminated9. In addition, the feedback control is performed using the thickness and tension of the output side as the control variables to eliminate the error between each actual value and the set value (giant value) .5 6 • A rolling mill control method 9 The main one is that a rolling mill composed of multiple units can be detected according to a certain period Rolling mill control method 9 that implements multivariable control in order to eliminate the error between the actual value and the operating point set by the internal setting control device or the setting value of Juju, etc. The characteristics are: • The reduction position> the rear tension and the roll speed of the table are regarded as the state. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard Falcon (CNS) A4 specification (2IOX297 mm) ~ 20-A8 B8 C8 D8 Implement feedback control to eliminate the difference between the actual performance value and the set value (operating point). In addition, take the output side plate thickness and the rear tension as the control amount, and implement the feedback control to eliminate the actual performance value and the set value (target value) ) Error. 5 7. For the rolling mill control method according to item 56 of the patent application scope, the feedback control of the aforementioned state quantity is to obtain the deviations from the aforementioned setting values (operating points) corresponding to the aforementioned state quantities, respectively, and these deviations Multiply the proportional gain to generate the first operation command value corresponding to the deviation of the state quantity; the feedback control of the aforementioned control quantity is to obtain the deviation from the aforementioned set value (target value) corresponding to the aforementioned control quantity, respectively, and These deviations are multiplied by the integral gain to perform integration, and a _ 2 operation command value corresponding to the deviation of the control amount is generated; the third operation command value generated according to the sum of the aforementioned first operation command value and the aforementioned second operation command value is output To the actuator. 58. For the rolling mill control method as claimed in item 5 of the patent scope, the first, second and third operation command values are the reduction position command value for changing the roll gap and the speed for changing the roll speed The command value is composed and obtained for each component separately. Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 5 9. For the rolling mill control method of patent application No. 58, the aforementioned reduction position command is output to the pressure The lower device, and the aforementioned speed command value is output to the roll drive device. 60. For the rolling mill control method according to item 59 of the patent application scope, the aforementioned roller driving device is a front roller driving device. 6 1. For the rolling mill control method according to any one of the patent application items 5-6 ~ 60, the aforementioned sheet thickness is used just below the roll. The sheet thickness is based on the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -21-A8 B8 C8 D8 printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6. The speculative value of the scope of patent application. 6 2. For the rolling mill control method according to item 61 of the patent application range, the above-mentioned speculation value of the plate thickness directly under the roll is based on the calculation value obtained by the mass flow theorem based on the incoming side plate thickness. The thickness obtained by the outboard thickness gauge minus the offset value obtained by tracing the calculated value to the tracking thickness of the outboard thickness gauge is obtained by feedback. 6 3.-A kind of rolling mill control device, which is mainly equipped with: a detection device and control that can detect the actual value of multiple state quantities or multiple control quantities of multiple rolling mills composed of multiple sets according to a certain period The rolling mill control device composed of a DDC control device that eliminates the difference between the operating point or target setting value determined by the setting control device and the actual performance value is characterized in that: the DDC control device is an optimal servo system, It has a state feedback control method that can implement the feedback control using the reduction position, the rear tension and the roll speed of the front machine as the state quantity, and a control amount feedback that uses the output side plate thickness and the rear tension as the control quantity to implement the feedback control Means of control. 64. As for the rolling mill control device according to item 63 of the patent scope, the state feedback control means has a differential mechanism that can obtain the deviations from the setting values corresponding to the respective state quantities, and multiplies these deviations. Proportional gain, a proportional mechanism that generates an operation command value corresponding to the deviation of the state quantity; the control quantity feedback control means has a differential mechanism that can obtain the deviation from the setting value corresponding to each of the control quantities, and the deviation Multiplying the integral gain and implementing the integral, and the integral mechanism that generates the operation command value corresponding to the deviation of the control amount; This paper standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) --- a ---!- -'Installation-- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Order-22-Printed by A8 B8 C8 D8 c of the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The operation instruction value of the mechanism and the aforementioned integral mechanism determines the instruction generation means of the operation instruction value to be output to the actuator. 065. The rolling mill control device, the aforementioned proportional mechanism and integral mechanism generate an operation command composed of a reduction command component for changing the reduction position and a speed command component for changing the roll speed, and the aforementioned command generation means is for each The components are added to generate a reduction position operation command value and a speed operation command value, and the aforementioned reduction position operation command value is output to the reduction device, and the aforementioned speed command value is output to the roll drive device in the foreground. / 6 6. The rolling mill control device as claimed in item 6 3, 6 4 or 65, has a plate thickness and plate speed at the entrance side of the machine from the aforementioned detection device and a plate at the exit side The plate thickness directly under the roll of the machine is estimated based on the speed, and the plate thickness directly under the roll is regarded as the plate thickness on the output side and output to the observation device of the differential mechanism of the control amount feedback control means. 6 7.-A type of rolling mill control device, which is mainly equipped with: a detection device that can detect the actual value of the state quantity or control quantity of a series of tandem rolling mills composed of multiple sets according to a certain period. Model, and the control device that can determine the operating point according to the non-linear rolling state, and output the operation command to each of them so that the deviation between the set operating point or the target setting value and the actual performance value can be eliminated The rolling mill control device composed of the rolling device of the machine and the roller driving device is characterized in that: the aforementioned DDC control device is provided with: the reduction position and the back tension can be used in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) ) A4 specification (210X297 mm) " -23-II nt— nb— n 1 ^ I v (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) S0161 A8 B8 C8 D8, patent application scope and roll speed at the front desk As the aforementioned state quantities, the depressing position setting value of these state quantities, the back tension set the deviation of the roll speed setting value, and these deviations are divided into gain and the second proportional gain , And the state quantity feedback corresponding to the state command component and the speed command component is generated. The output side plate thickness and the rear tension are regarded as the deviations of the aforementioned control side corresponding to the control amount of the output side plate thickness setting value, and these deviations are respectively Multiply the first integral minute gain to generate the control amount feedback control means corresponding to the reduced speed command component of the control amount deviation, and; the position control component and speed command from the aforementioned state quantity feedback control means and pre-control means The target position value and the speed target of the control equipment are added to generate the pressing position operation command and the speed, and the former is output to the pressing device of the machine, and the latter is fed to the command generating means of the roller driving device. Calculate and determine the value by not multiplying the state deviation control system, the rear tension gain refers to the first proportional depression method corresponding to the front and the front; and obtain the force setting value and the second product order component and description Control quantity feedback control component and from the set value, according to each component operation instruction, and will be printed on the front machine of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 24The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) 24
TW083111275A 1993-10-05 1994-12-05 TW301616B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP05249548A JP3085499B2 (en) 1993-10-05 1993-10-05 Rolling mill control method and device
JP5249550A JP3036323B2 (en) 1993-10-05 1993-10-05 Rolling mill control method and device
JP05249552A JP3085502B2 (en) 1993-10-05 1993-10-05 Rolling mill control device and method
JP05249549A JP3085500B2 (en) 1993-10-05 1993-10-05 Rolling mill control method and device
JP05249551A JP3085501B2 (en) 1993-10-05 1993-10-05 Rolling control method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW301616B true TW301616B (en) 1997-04-01

Family

ID=51565698

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW083111275A TW301616B (en) 1993-10-05 1994-12-05

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN1105296A (en)
TW (1) TW301616B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI763059B (en) * 2020-09-26 2022-05-01 中國鋼鐵股份有限公司 Method for predicting cross-sectional area of formed steel and method for adjusting roll gap in bar steel and rod rolling process
TWI802366B (en) * 2021-06-21 2023-05-11 日商杰富意鋼鐵股份有限公司 Rolling condition setting method of cold rolling mill, cold rolling method, steel plate manufacturing method, rolling condition setting device of cold rolling mill, and cold rolling mill

Families Citing this family (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1050783C (en) * 1995-10-20 2000-03-29 冶金工业部钢铁研究总院 Control for constant tension of heat-belt continuous rolling machine and method for counting continuous-rolling thickness and section area
CN1103648C (en) * 1997-05-23 2003-03-26 阿尔卡塔尔公司 Device for operating multi-set of rolling mill
WO2011027451A1 (en) * 2009-09-03 2011-03-10 東芝三菱電機産業システム株式会社 Setting calculation learning device and method for learning setting calculation
JP5727865B2 (en) * 2011-05-23 2015-06-03 東芝三菱電機産業システム株式会社 Rolling model optimization device
JP5783925B2 (en) * 2012-02-08 2015-09-24 株式会社日立製作所 Control device for hot tandem rolling mill and control method for hot tandem rolling mill
CN103406362B (en) * 2013-08-08 2015-03-04 东北大学 Control system and method for simulating milling process of medium-heavy plate mill
CN106662845B (en) * 2014-11-11 2019-09-17 东芝三菱电机产业系统株式会社 The control device of complete set of equipments
CN105988437A (en) * 2015-02-10 2016-10-05 张家港市宏鑫源科技有限公司 Multi-stage universal rolling mill adopting distributed control system
CN104815849B (en) * 2015-04-07 2016-11-30 首钢京唐钢铁联合有限责任公司 Method for compensating precision of pinch roll position control system of sizing machine
JP6404195B2 (en) * 2015-09-16 2018-10-10 株式会社日立製作所 PLANT CONTROL DEVICE, ROLLING CONTROL DEVICE, PLANT CONTROL METHOD, AND PLANT CONTROL PROGRAM
JP6672094B2 (en) * 2016-07-01 2020-03-25 株式会社日立製作所 Plant control device, rolling control device, plant control method, and plant control program
WO2018216215A1 (en) * 2017-05-26 2018-11-29 東芝三菱電機産業システム株式会社 Tandem rolling mill tail end meander control device
CN109174975A (en) * 2018-09-07 2019-01-11 北京首钢自动化信息技术有限公司 A kind of tension set-point ramp self-adaptation control method
JP7178920B2 (en) * 2019-01-31 2022-11-28 株式会社日立製作所 Plant controller and rolling controller
JP7481201B2 (en) * 2020-08-24 2024-05-10 株式会社日立製作所 Plant control device and plant control method

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI763059B (en) * 2020-09-26 2022-05-01 中國鋼鐵股份有限公司 Method for predicting cross-sectional area of formed steel and method for adjusting roll gap in bar steel and rod rolling process
TWI802366B (en) * 2021-06-21 2023-05-11 日商杰富意鋼鐵股份有限公司 Rolling condition setting method of cold rolling mill, cold rolling method, steel plate manufacturing method, rolling condition setting device of cold rolling mill, and cold rolling mill

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN1105296A (en) 1995-07-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW301616B (en)
JPWO2009113719A1 (en) Learning method of rolling load prediction in hot plate rolling.
CN100537070C (en) Method for controlling thickness in tandem mill
JPH11707A (en) Method for controlling rolling mill and controller for rolling mill
JP6324259B2 (en) Rolling control device, rolling control method, and rolling control program
Smith Dynamic control of a two-stand cold mill
US3802236A (en) Gauge control method and apparatus including workpiece gauge deviation correction for metal rolling mills
JP5557464B2 (en) Tension control method for multi-high mill and tension control device for multi-high mill
JP4641904B2 (en) Rolling mill control method
JP3085499B2 (en) Rolling mill control method and device
JP3666340B2 (en) Sheet thickness control method in hot continuous rolling mill
US3892112A (en) Rolling mill gauge control
JPH04111910A (en) Method for controlling shape of rolled stock in multistage rolling mill
JP3826762B2 (en) Thickness control method
KR950013243B1 (en) Control method and apparatus for rolling mill
JPH0232041B2 (en)
JP7503525B2 (en) Rolling mill thickness control device, method thereof, and rolling system
JP2565600B2 (en) Meandering control method in rolling mill
KR100851201B1 (en) Meandering control method in pinch roll
Longmuir Dynamic control of multi-stand aluminum cold rolling mills
US20220097112A1 (en) Rolling with allowance for frequency response
JPS6329608B2 (en)
JP6601451B2 (en) Rolling mill control method, rolling mill control apparatus, and hot rolled steel sheet manufacturing method
KR20170117398A (en) Plate width control device of rolled material
JP3680806B2 (en) Method and apparatus for suppressing meandering of plate in rolling mill

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees